<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>http://18.207.158.143:8080/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Admin</id>
	<title>PHR CRM - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://18.207.158.143:8080/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Admin"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php/Special:Contributions/Admin"/>
	<updated>2026-04-29T13:32:44Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.35.2</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=Operations:Operations&amp;diff=1824</id>
		<title>Operations:Operations</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=Operations:Operations&amp;diff=1824"/>
		<updated>2024-09-23T17:21:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: /* Key Responsibilities */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Overview:=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Operations Team plays a pivotal role in ensuring the smooth functioning and efficiency of Pothole Repair's day-to-day activities. Comprising dedicated professionals with diverse skill sets, this team is the backbone of the organization's operational success. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Mission and Purpose:===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At Pothole Repair, we understand that our business success hinges on service quality. We equip our field personnel with optimal information and resources to surpass client expectations. Through streamlined operations, we provide top-tier service while enhancing internal efficiency. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We prioritize our team's well-being by offering '''intelligent scheduling, logistics support''', and problem-solving assistance. By recognizing and respecting the challenges our team faces, '''we fortify our greatest assets—our employees'''. This commitment ensures the delivery of high-quality services to clients, fostering success for all.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Operations Team is driven by a mission to seamlessly integrate various aspects of Pothole Repair's operations, contributing to its overall success. The team's purpose is to '''optimize processes, enhance productivity,''' and '''maintain a high standard of operational excellence'''. Here, we introduce you to the key functions, responsibilities, and collaborative efforts that define the Operations Team at Pothole Repair.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Responsibilities===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Operations Support Phone Number]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[New Technician/ Driver Onboarding, Training and Documentation]]- The section includes details about scheduling and tracking all new driver onboarding activities including ELD set up and login, driver tests, senior tech exam, documentation and compliance.&lt;br /&gt;
# [[PHR Operations &amp;amp; Scheduling]]- This section includes details about scheduling internal tasks and external (field employee) tasks&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Inventory Management]]- The section details all the inventory management tasks including scheduling regular inventory checks (truck, yard, surveyor and warehouse), updating inventory records and ordering processes.&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Vendor Mastersheet]]- Use this section to find the most optimum vendor by location and service provided.&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Maintenance: Truck, Trailer &amp;amp; Small Machines]]- The section covers the scheduling of all cleaning and preventative maintenance activities (including both by technician and mechanic) for trucks, trailers, rollers, tar kettles &amp;amp; torches, asphalt heaters and asphalt cookers.&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Troubleshooting]]- The section contains the presentation to identify and troubleshoot common problems faced while working with rollers, tar kettles &amp;amp; torches, asphalt heaters and asphalt cookers.&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Emergency Reporting]]- The section contains emergency protocols and forms required in event of vehicle accidents, hit and run incidents and employee illness/ injury.&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Field Employees FAQS]]- This section details common on-the-job and general attendance issues faced by field employees and the operations team's response to them.&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Employee PTO Management]]- This section contains information on how Pothole Repair employees report (advance or unplanned) PTO and the necessary follow up processes. Operations can find information about People Ready Staffing Firm and organize emergency/ rapid labor to replace technicians at short notice.&lt;br /&gt;
# Disciplinary Actions&lt;br /&gt;
Last Updated: 09/23/2024&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=1705</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=1705"/>
		<updated>2024-02-12T20:44:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Congratulations and welcome to Pothole Repair!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At Pothole Repair, the institutional environment is one of mutual respect, trust, achievement, empowerment, and growth. We strongly believe in the value of long-term relationships with both our external clients and internal staff. While these are admirable qualities, you will see these ideals demonstrated by our actions and deeds daily.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please keep in mind the following guidelines while making decisions in the course of performing your duties:&lt;br /&gt;
* Do the right thing always, regardless of cost or effort.&lt;br /&gt;
* Treat clients with respect and always put their interests first.&lt;br /&gt;
* Treat all clients and staff members as you wish to be treated: with respect, integrity, and a sincere interest in providing assistance.&lt;br /&gt;
* Take pride in doing your job well, even when no one is watching.&lt;br /&gt;
* Remember why you are working- take time to enjoy your family and a balanced work-life.&lt;br /&gt;
* Be productive, focus on meeting essential goals and achievements as opposed to simply staying busy. Activity and productivity are not the same.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At Pothole Repair, the Account Management role is executive level and professional. We have high expectations for you to grow within this organization and hope you are ambitious, capable, and motivated. This manual contains strategies, processes, and procedures intended to speed your success along as you transition to this industry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This manual contains proprietary and confidential information and must not be copied or shared without prior authorization from Pothole Repair Metro DC, Inc. Any reproduction, misuse, or failure to protect the contents of this manual will breach the Employee Proprietary Information and Intellectual Property Agreement you have signed and will result in legal action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==CRM Modules==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Intro]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[RPH]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lead]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Accounts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Contacts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Opportunity]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Dispatch]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Invoices and Payroll]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[External Portals]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Mobile_applications|Mobile applications]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Back-end Processes]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Dashboards]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[How to Report an Issue]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Gmail pushing messages Integration]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Twilio Phone Integration]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[QBO Integration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Miscellaneuos==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[History of Asphalt]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Pothole Patching]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Glossary|Terms and Definitions]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Action_Tabs|Action Tabs]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Data Request / Report Issues / Improvements]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Business Process==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Operations]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=1704</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=1704"/>
		<updated>2024-02-12T20:14:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: /* Business Process */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Congratulations and welcome to Pothole Repair!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At Pothole Repair, the institutional environment is one of mutual respect, trust, achievement, empowerment, and growth. We strongly believe in the value of long-term relationships with both our external clients and internal staff. While these are admirable qualities, you will see these ideals demonstrated by our actions and deeds daily.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please keep in mind the following guidelines while making decisions in the course of performing your duties:&lt;br /&gt;
* Do the right thing always, regardless of cost or effort.&lt;br /&gt;
* Treat clients with respect and always put their interests first.&lt;br /&gt;
* Treat all clients and staff members as you wish to be treated: with respect, integrity, and a sincere interest in providing assistance.&lt;br /&gt;
* Take pride in doing your job well, even when no one is watching.&lt;br /&gt;
* Remember why you are working- take time to enjoy your family and a balanced work-life.&lt;br /&gt;
* Be productive, focus on meeting essential goals and achievements as opposed to simply staying busy. Activity and productivity are not the same.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At Pothole Repair, the Account Management role is executive level and professional. We have high expectations for you to grow within this organization and hope you are ambitious, capable, and motivated. This manual contains strategies, processes, and procedures intended to speed your success along as you transition to this industry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This manual contains proprietary and confidential information and must not be copied or shared without prior authorization from Pothole Repair Metro DC, Inc. Any reproduction, misuse, or failure to protect the contents of this manual will breach the Employee Proprietary Information and Intellectual Property Agreement you have signed and will result in legal action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==CRM Modules==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Intro]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[RPH]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lead]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Accounts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Contacts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Opportunity]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Dispatch]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Invoices and Payroll]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[External Portals]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Mobile_applications|Mobile applications]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Back-end Processes]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Dashboards]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[How to Report an Issue]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Gmail pushing messages Integration]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Twilio Phone Integration]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[QBO Integration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Miscellaneuos==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[History of Asphalt]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Pothole Patching]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Glossary|Terms and Definitions]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Action_Tabs|Action Tabs]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Data Request / Report Issues / Improvements]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Business Process==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Operations:Operations]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=Operations&amp;diff=1703</id>
		<title>Operations</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=Operations&amp;diff=1703"/>
		<updated>2024-02-12T19:48:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: Admin moved page Operations to Operations:Operations: Move To New Namespace&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;#REDIRECT [[Operations:Operations]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=Operations:Operations&amp;diff=1702</id>
		<title>Operations:Operations</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=Operations:Operations&amp;diff=1702"/>
		<updated>2024-02-12T19:48:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: Admin moved page Operations to Operations:Operations: Move To New Namespace&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Overview:=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Operations Team plays a pivotal role in ensuring the smooth functioning and efficiency of Pothole Repair's day-to-day activities. Comprising dedicated professionals with diverse skill sets, this team is the backbone of the organization's operational success. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Mission and Purpose:===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At Pothole Repair, we understand that our business success hinges on service quality. We equip our field personnel with optimal information and resources to surpass client expectations. Through streamlined operations, we provide top-tier service while enhancing internal efficiency. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We prioritize our team's well-being by offering '''intelligent scheduling, logistics support''', and problem-solving assistance. By recognizing and respecting the challenges our team faces, '''we fortify our greatest assets—our employees'''. This commitment ensures the delivery of high-quality services to clients, fostering success for all.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Operations Team is driven by a mission to seamlessly integrate various aspects of Pothole Repair's operations, contributing to its overall success. The team's purpose is to '''optimize processes, enhance productivity,''' and '''maintain a high standard of operational excellence'''. Here, we introduce you to the key functions, responsibilities, and collaborative efforts that define the Operations Team at Pothole Repair.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Responsibilities===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Operations Support Phone Number]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[New Technician/ Driver Onboarding, Training and Documentation]]- The section includes details about scheduling and tracking all new driver onboarding activities including ELD set up and login, driver tests, senior tech exam, documentation and compliance.&lt;br /&gt;
# [[PHR Operations &amp;amp; Scheduling]]- This section includes details about scheduling internal tasks and external (field employee) tasks&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Inventory Management]]- The section details all the inventory management tasks including scheduling regular inventory checks (truck, yard, surveyor and warehouse), updating inventory records and ordering processes.&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Vendor Mastersheet]]- Use this section to find the most optimum vendor by location and service provided.&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Maintenance: Truck, Trailer &amp;amp; Small Machines]]- The section covers the scheduling of all cleaning and preventative maintenance activities (including both by technician and mechanic) for trucks, trailers, rollers, tar kettles &amp;amp; torches, asphalt heaters and asphalt cookers.&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Troubleshooting]]- The section contains the presentation to identify and troubleshoot common problems faced while working with rollers, tar kettles &amp;amp; torches, asphalt heaters and asphalt cookers.&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Emergency Reporting]]- The section contains emergency protocols and forms required in event of vehicle accidents, hit and run incidents and employee illness/ injury.&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Field Employees FAQS]]- This section details common on-the-job and general attendance issues faced by field employees and the operations team's response to them.&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Employee PTO Management]]- This section contains information on how Pothole Repair employees report (advance or unplanned) PTO and the necessary follow up processes. Operations can find information about People Ready Staffing Firm and organize emergency/ rapid labor to replace technicians at short notice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last Updated: 01/05/2024&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=Lead&amp;diff=1235</id>
		<title>Lead</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=Lead&amp;diff=1235"/>
		<updated>2023-03-17T12:50:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: /* Lead to account Conversion */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;From a marketing standpoint, a Lead is a prospect, a potential customer. It is usually the next step to the [[RPH]] when a pothole is detected, and there is no site existent in the system to link it with. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For administration purposes, a Lead is also known as a ''site'' and the same happens for an [[Accounts|Account]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Difference between RPH and Lead=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From a business perspective, the RPH represents the beginning of a ''conversation.'' It is a specific site at a particular point in time, and it indicates activity to pursue right now. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For that, we need complete information about every single location; we might know the address and also that there is a pothole in there, but maybe we don't know who the human is or to what company the human works for. The RPH requires [[Intro#General structure of the system|only one tip of the triangle]].&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:217.jpg|600px|frameless|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore a lead is a minimal set of data necessary to continue the conversation with the potential customer. During the Lead creation form, this minimal set of data is entered to quickly select fields and create the entry without losing any vital information required for the lead work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, we might not know who is the [[Contacts|human]] to be contacted at that point, but we do have to know an address (specific site) and the property or company that owns the particular site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A Lead is also different from an [[accounts|account]] because the last one can not be created until there is a contract between Pothole Repair and the property. Once the contract is signed, and the opportunity is closed as won, the system automatically converts the Lead into an Account. When the Lead becomes an account, the system enables more features and functions necessary to keep a good business relationship. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a nutshell, a Lead is a basic permanent record of a specific site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can have one or more RPHs within a lead, depending on how long the Lead has been in the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Leads Structure=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No matter if it is a Lead or an Account, the structure for a site is a parent-children relationship. The Parent account can be found as &amp;quot;Management Company&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Management Account&amp;quot; in the system, and a Lead may or may not be linked to a Parent account. It is essential to point out that a Lead can never be a parent; a Lead can only take a child's place.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:218.jpg|500px|frameless|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, a company may have headquarters (parent account) and three subsidiaries (children). Each one of those subsidiaries is the children of the headquarters, and each child is considered a Site in the system since the geographical address for each one is different. If a new Lead is added and the user indicates that the headquarter is the parent account, then the new Lead will become a child of that account. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three different situations under which a lead can be created:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The Lead doesn't have a significant account related to it. Therefore it is self-managed.&lt;br /&gt;
* The Lead does have a significant (parent) account-related, and the same is already registered in the system.&lt;br /&gt;
* The Lead does or could have a major (parent) account, but this isn't registered in the system yet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The structure is essential since many processes (e.g., the invoices sent for the services provided) are defined depending on that.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=How to create a Lead?=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While there are several ways that Leads are generated, please find the four most common ways below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''' Automatically through the external portal:''' Pothole Repair has some [[Data analysis team|external marketing companies]] working with them. These companies provide support by running various marketing campaigns to reach potential customers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These companies have access to an [[external portal]] that allows them to directly add a record for every potential customer that answers their campaigns. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this portal, they only need to fill up a form. This way, when they submit the data, the system creates a record for an RPH and a Lead. The system also shows the record under the label created by &amp;quot;E User.&amp;quot; This is a fully automated process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the same option, ''' the second way is when sometimes these marketing companies send out emails indirectly and call us. So instead of getting the data submitted over the portal, we have to create the Lead'''. In this case, when Lead Work is the source, the system also allows us to assign the footprint for ''E. User'' when we create the Lead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''' Manually creation:''' Leads can also be created manually by using the &amp;quot;Create New Lead&amp;quot; function directly on the CRM. This is usually used when a potential customer proactively asks for Pothole services.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''' Lead Creation from RPH:''' This is the fastest way to create a Lead since the basic information needed is already uploaded in the RPH. In this scenario, the user will have to create an RPH first with the minimum required fields of information to then use the &amp;quot;Convert to Lead&amp;quot; function.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:207.jpg|600px|frameless|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When referring to the ''Manual'' creation of the Lead, the system UI has two ways or access points to allow the creation: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* From the Lead menu, under the &amp;quot;New Lead&amp;quot; button&lt;br /&gt;
* From the &amp;quot;Add Lead&amp;quot; button available from the &amp;quot;Lead List View&amp;quot; on the Lead module.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Either way, the same '''[[Lead#Information contained in a Lead - New Lead Form|form]]''' needs to be filled and is explained in detail in the following sections. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From this point, the Account Manager will be in charge of the Lead and its successful conversion into an [[Opportunity]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=What happens after the Lead Creation?=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no formal process for the detective work once the Lead is created. The primary purpose of creating a Lead is to have a permanent record for an address that documents all efforts to generate quotes and convert them to sales.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A lead, different from an RPH, has enough information to contact a potential customer and persuade them from a sales perspective. It is possible to add information regarding additional context, a parent company, a manufacturing company, etc.; the data can be constantly updated, and the system will capture all those changes of the historical record of the specific address (site).&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
When the Lead is created, there are no stages on it. The Lead stays in the system with or without an opportunity being created. But it might be said that a Lead &amp;quot;never dies.&amp;quot; Once the opportunity is made, the opportunity will go through different stages until it is closed as won or is closed as lost; if the first scenario happens, the Lead will be converted into an [[accounts|account]] automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A unique Account Manager will manage each Lead to avoid double work and communication with the client to ensure that the Leads are protected and blocked for an individual user. The Lead gets locked by the waterfall hierarchy (please refer to [[Contacts]] for further information) in a way that only the owner of the Lead (contact) will be able to modify the information. All the other users will be able to see it but not edit it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Leads menu=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:200b.jpg|650px|thumb|left|Leads Menu]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the menu panel, it is possible to access the following functionalities:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Lead#New_Leads|New Leads]]: this is the form to create a lead manually.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Lead#View_All_leads|View All Leads]]: list all the existing leads and allow the user to filter and search by different parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Lead#Merge_Leads|Merge Leads]]: allows the user to merge two or more different leads into 1 to avoid duplications and have repeated information.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Lead#Lead_to_account_Conversion|Lead to Account Conversion]]: allows converting a Lead into an account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==New Leads==&lt;br /&gt;
This option takes the user to the &amp;quot;Create a New Lead&amp;quot; form. For more details on creating a Lead and this form, please redirect to the section in this document [[Lead#How_to_create_a_Lead.3F| &amp;quot;How to create a Lead&amp;quot;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==View All leads==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system allows the user to list all the existing leads on the platform and quickly review if they have activities or reminders related to them. There are three tabs, each one with different features:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lead#Lead List|Lead List]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lead#My activities|My Activities]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lead#My reminders|My Reminders]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Lead List===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this tab, it is possible to see the list of the existing Leads in the database, filtered by specific parameters. A search bar can also be used to refine the search by looking at the shown results. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:201.jpg|1000px|frameless]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Filters available are:&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Owner:''' filter by the owner of the Lead&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Quick Search:''' filter by a predefined range of time&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Property type:''' Specifies if a particular Property type needs to be filtered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is also possible to activate the “Custom Search” that will enable more filtering, such as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Status'''&lt;br /&gt;
*'''From date (creation)'''&lt;br /&gt;
*'''To date (creation)'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:202b.jpg|500px|frameless|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the filtering is done, the system will show the results in a list. The user can search among the results by writing on the &amp;quot;Search&amp;quot; field (magnifying glass); it will refine the results if there are matches with any field of the shown results. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The results can be extracted and downloaded to the local disk in different formats such as CSV, Excel, PDF, or directly printed or copied to the clipboard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The information of the Leads shown in this columns is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''''Management Company:''''' parent account&lt;br /&gt;
* '''''Company:''''' company related to the Lead&lt;br /&gt;
* '''''Contact:''''' contact of the lead. May be an existent contact or a new one.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''''Main Phone:''''' contac's main phone number.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''''Mobile:''''' contact's mobile phone number&lt;br /&gt;
* '''''Street:''''' street declared for the lead&lt;br /&gt;
* '''''City:''''' city of location for the lead&lt;br /&gt;
* '''''State:''''' state (province), location of the lead&lt;br /&gt;
* '''''Protected:''''' informs whether the Lead is protected by another user or not.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''''Status:''''' current status of the Lead.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''''Last Activity:''''' date of last edition&lt;br /&gt;
* '''''Date of creation:''''' Lead creation date&lt;br /&gt;
* '''''Owner:''''' owner of the Lead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From this list there is also access to the column “Options”, with more buttons that work as shortcuts to:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Options.jpg|650px|frameless|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Action_Tabs#Add_call|Add Call]] -[[File:Log call.jpg|frameless]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Action_Tabs#Add_event|Add Event]] -[[File:Event.jpg|frameless]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Action_Tabs#Add_Task|Add Task]] -[[File:Task.jpg|frameless]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Action_Tabs#Add_email|Add Email]] -[[File:Email.jpg|frameless]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===My activities===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The My activities tab enlists all the [[Action Tabs#Tasks|tasks]], open or closed, assigned to the user related to any Lead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:203.jpg|900px|frameless|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===My reminders===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enlists all the [[Action Tabs#Events|Events]] or [[Action Tabs#Tasks|Tasks]] assigned to the user that are related to any Lead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:204.jpg|900px|center|frameless]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Merge Leads==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This module allows the user to merge and delete contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When merging a Lead, all the related info will be moved to the selected destiny Lead, and the merged one will be deleted. To delete a Lead, the same process needs to be followed, but there is no need to select a destiny.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:205.jpg|900px|frameless|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steps to merge a Lead:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Select Lead&lt;br /&gt;
#Select the values wishing to keep&lt;br /&gt;
#Select the Related info to keep in the selected Master Lead&lt;br /&gt;
#After this, press the &amp;quot;Merge&amp;quot; button to start the process&lt;br /&gt;
#Users can use the option Delete After Merge to remove the contact with the remaining related data&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;A special permission is needed in the system to execute these tasks, no matter the role of the user doing it.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lead to account Conversion==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:206.jpg|700px|frameless|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
A lead is automatically converted into an [[Accounts|Account]] when the [[opportunity]] related is closed as won. In case a user wants to convert the Lead manually, it is possible through this section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The user should search for the Lead to be converted and select &amp;quot;Convert.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* The system will save the record in the Account module, and the Lead will disappear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the &amp;quot;Merge Lead&amp;quot; functionalities, special permission is required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another option that you can find is in the Lead Module. There is an option to convert directly a lead to an account once you complete all the mandatory information. This action is the same as the menu entry but under the actual lead. After the conversion, the CRM will redirect to the new account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Information contained in a Lead - New Lead Form=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Information unique to each Lead can be found in tabs at the top of the page.  &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:208.jpg|850px|thumb|right|''' &amp;quot;Working on a Lead&amp;quot; view''']]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These Tabs are:&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lead#Leads|Leads]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lead#Map Location|Map Location]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lead#Reported PH´s|Reported PH´s]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lead#Events &amp;amp; Activities|Event &amp;amp; Activities]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lead#Opportunities|Opportunities]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lead#External Proposals|External Proposals]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lead#History|History]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Leads==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tab contains basic information about the Lead. When creating a new Lead, this information is needed to be filled in for the system to capture the information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is separated into subsections to sort the information better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Principal Lead Information===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:209.jpg|600px|frameless|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lead Owner:''' ''(Mandatory)'' the name of the account manager&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lead Status''' ''(Mandatory)''&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Management Company:''' represents the Lead´s [[Accounts|Parent Account]] when applicable. It can either be selected from a list if the parent account already exists or created from scratch by clicking on the “+” button. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Company/Site:''' ''(Mandatory)'' this name must be unique, and is the name which with the customer will be identified on the system. After the user types the three first characters the system will show you all similar names in case already exists in order to avoid duplications.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Main Phone'''&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Property Type''' ''(Mandatory)''&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lead Source''' ''(Mandatory)''&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Region''' ''(Mandatory)''&lt;br /&gt;
*'''URL Company Site'''&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Email Domain'''&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Where Obtained'''&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Self Managed'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:210.jpg|frameless|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Major Player'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, it is possible to Upload and See images related to the Pothole or the Contact (in case it exists on the database). It is usable by clicking on the hyperlinks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Contact Information===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, users can find information about the [[contacts|contact]] related to the Lead. The user can define a contact that does not exist in the system by manually filling the required fields or can search for an existing contact in the database. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The field &amp;quot;Email&amp;quot; is a unique key field. This means that if the email is already registered for any other contact on the database, the system will inform the user and not create a new contact.  &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:211.jpg|800px|frameless|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Fields available on this section are:'''&lt;br /&gt;
*'''First Name'''&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Last Name'''&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Direct Phone'''&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Contact Mobile'''&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Name Help'''&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Fax Number'''&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Title'''&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Other Phone'''&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Email''' ''(unique key)''&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Secondary email'''&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Linked in account'''[[File:212.jpg|350px|frameless|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Email Output ''' ''(boolean field)''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the Contact already exists on the database, the user can manually select it from the Contact List by clicking on the button [[File:Contact.jpg|frameless]] and then searching and selecting the contact from the list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Address Information===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This module has an address validation through Google Maps. The address information section has a &amp;quot;Validate Address&amp;quot; button to get the correct street and map coordinates (latitude and longitude values). States and Cities brackets are connected, and each one has a search field to identify the values of states or cities quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:213.jpg|700px|frameless|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Field of information on this section are:&lt;br /&gt;
*'''State''' ''(Mandatory)''&lt;br /&gt;
*'''City''' ''(Mandatory)''&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Street''' ''(Mandatory)''&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Suite'''&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Apartment'''&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Bill Box Number or PO:''' defines the PO number in case an invoice or something else needs to be sent by mail.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Electronic Email Bill:''' defines an email address to where the invoice should be sent.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Special Billing Instructions:''' in case the job is completed, notes regarding special billing instructions can be added.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a Management Company was selected for the Lead under work, and the address information exists on the database, the fields are automatically populated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Pothole Damage Info===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is a free text field in which the users can add and review information regarding the reported pothole that triggered the Lead creation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:214.jpg|850px|frameless|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the pothole is declared by using any of the mobile applications, the system will capture information automatically and paste it here, such as Surveyor Input data (accurate address information obtained by Google Maps API), Damage Info latitude and longitude, notes added by the surveyor/hunter, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Lead Description===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Free text field to add any helpful information about the Lead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:215.jpg|700px|frameless|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Audit Data ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the very end of this tab, information about the creation and modification data audit is visible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:216.jpg|800px|frameless|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Map Location==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Map Location shows a satellite view of the site location using the Google Maps API. The user can see location coordinates and choose between map and satellite view (GMaps features).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:219.jpg|700px|frameless|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this tool you can define the work area in the property, to avoid creating proposals in adjoining areas but outside of the propperty borders. The area defined on a property will be used to help detect potholes that fall within those boundaries (survey generation - Proposal Maker app) and to add additional repairs from the eTechnician app. Also, property border information will be available in the opportunity module on map location tab, with all potholes detected on the given property.&lt;br /&gt;
To define the property area, use the Draw a shape button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Maps1.png|1000px|center|thumb|Draw a Shape]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Maps2.png|1000px|center|thumb|Area draw]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reported PH´s==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It shows the list of all the RPH's linked to the Lead and allows the user to quickly work with the records using the functions available on the column &amp;quot;Options.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A lead can have only 1 RPH active at the same time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:220.jpg|700px|frameless|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Events &amp;amp; Activities==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tab shows the [[Action Tabs#Notes|Notes]], [[Action Tabs#Calls|Call]], [[Action Tabs#Emails|Emails]] or [[Action Tabs#Tasks|Tasks]] related to the Lead. The main purpose is to keep the communication flowing with the potential customer by logging all the activities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:221.jpg|700px|frameless|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Opportunities==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The user can see and access all the [[opportunity|opportunities]] related to the Lead through this tab. A lead can have only one active opportunity at the same time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:222.jpg|700px|frameless|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==External Proposals==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
External proposals that may be related to the Lead will be visualized on this tab. It is also possible to create a new [[External Proposal]] and link it to the Lead by clicking on the button &amp;quot;Add External Proposal.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The information will be visualized in the following columns:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal #&lt;br /&gt;
*Partner&lt;br /&gt;
*Created by&lt;br /&gt;
*Created (date)&lt;br /&gt;
*Status&lt;br /&gt;
*Options&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:223.jpg|800px|frameless|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==History==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The History Tab keeps a record of all the activities done on a Lead. Any modification or information added/attached is logged in the system and shown in historical order on this tab. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The user can see this in a list with the following columns:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Modified Date: date and time of the log&lt;br /&gt;
*Type: event that triggered the log&lt;br /&gt;
*Owner: owner of the Lead&lt;br /&gt;
*Modified by the user that performed the activity that triggered the log&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:224.jpg|800px|frameless|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Actions available working on Lead=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The CRM allows the user to perform a broad set of actions. While each module has its own set of specific actions, some are ''common'' to all modules. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Action Tabs==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:225.jpg|700px|frameless|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
These are the actions common to most of the modules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Action_Tabs#Add_note|Add Note]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Action_Tabs#Add_call|Add Call]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Action_Tabs#Add_email|Add Email]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Action_Tabs#Add_event|Add Event]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Action_Tabs#Add_task|Add Task]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Action Tabs - Leads only==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Edit Mode''' - [[File:226.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Users can view or change lead information through the &amp;quot;View Lead Module.&amp;quot; When a lead is selected, the Lead Module Page will load all data, and a set of options will be enabled on this page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page is the same page used to create leads. When a lead is loaded, the button bar and tabs will be enabled to manage lead information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This module has five buttons located on the left of the screen, known as &amp;quot;Action Tabs.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Create Opportunity''' - [[File:227.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the opportunity is closed as won, then the system will:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Converts the Lead into an Account&lt;br /&gt;
#Confirm and create the Management Company if it doesn't exist.&lt;br /&gt;
#Add the contact to the Contact List. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Assign to provider''' - [[File:228.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a Lead is created and has the footprint of &amp;quot;Leadwork&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Lead Source&amp;quot; is an advertisement, meaning that an external marketing company has made contact with the Lead previously, the &amp;quot;Assign to a provider&amp;quot; function allows to select a provider and inform to the same that Lead was taken as valid and that for that specific Lead will be paid. On the other hand, if the Lead does not fulfill the standards to be considered good, the Reject Lead button informs the Lead's external marketing company that the Lead was rejected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This button allows the user to validate LeadWork's job by giving them the &amp;quot;thumbs up&amp;quot; (or down) depending on the development of the RPH/ site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Delete Record''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To eliminate a Lead, the user must change to edit mode first and then tick the checkbox for deleting a record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:229.jpg|700px|frameless|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Business Rules regarding Lead=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*All leads can have only one active opportunity simultaneously but can have an unlimited number of opportunities closed as lost.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Leads will be only visible if they have an active opportunity or when closed as lost. If a related opportunity is closed as won, then the Lead will disappear and be converted into an account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Protection icon: This icon changes if the Lead is protected or unprotected. For Raw Leads, the max days that the system protects a Lead will be defined by the RawLeadDays parameter. &lt;br /&gt;
**Red Icon means Protected&lt;br /&gt;
**Green Icon means unprotected &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Every Opportunity must have an RPH previously created.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Quick access=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[RPH]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Accounts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Contacts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Opportunity]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Dispatch]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Invoices and Payroll]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[External Portals]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Mobile_applications|Mobile applications]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Back-end Processes]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=Operations:Operations&amp;diff=1229</id>
		<title>Operations:Operations</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=Operations:Operations&amp;diff=1229"/>
		<updated>2023-03-14T21:03:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Operations]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Inventory and Equipment]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Vendors]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=1221</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=1221"/>
		<updated>2023-03-01T13:50:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Congratulations and welcome to Pothole Repair!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At Pothole Repair, the institutional environment is one of mutual respect, trust, achievement, empowerment, and growth. We strongly believe in the value of long-term relationships with both our external clients and internal staff. While these are admirable qualities, you will see these ideals demonstrated by our actions and deeds daily.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please keep in mind the following guidelines while making decisions in the course of performing your duties:&lt;br /&gt;
* Do the right thing always, regardless of cost or effort.&lt;br /&gt;
* Treat clients with respect and always put their interests first.&lt;br /&gt;
* Treat all clients and staff members as you wish to be treated: with respect, integrity, and a sincere interest in providing assistance.&lt;br /&gt;
* Take pride in doing your job well, even when no one is watching.&lt;br /&gt;
* Remember why you are working- take time to enjoy your family and a balanced work-life.&lt;br /&gt;
* Be productive, focus on meeting essential goals and achievements as opposed to simply staying busy. Activity and productivity are not the same.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At Pothole Repair, the Account Management role is executive level and professional. We have high expectations for you to grow within this organization and hope you are ambitious, capable, and motivated. This manual contains strategies, processes, and procedures intended to speed your success along as you transition to this industry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This manual contains proprietary and confidential information and must not be copied or shared without prior authorization from Pothole Repair Metro DC, Inc. Any reproduction, misuse, or failure to protect the contents of this manual will breach the Employee Proprietary Information and Intellectual Property Agreement you have signed and will result in legal action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==CRM Modules==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Intro]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[RPH]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lead]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Accounts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Contacts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Opportunity]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Dispatch]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Invoices and Payroll]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[External Portals]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Mobile_applications|Mobile applications]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Back-end Processes]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Dashboards]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[How to Report an Issue]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Gmail pushing messages Integration]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Twilio Phone Integration]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[QBO Integration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Miscellaneuos==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[History of Asphalt]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Pothole Patching]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Glossary|Terms and Definitions]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Action_Tabs|Action Tabs]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Data Request / Report Issues / Improvements]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Business Process==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Operations]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=1219</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=1219"/>
		<updated>2023-03-01T13:34:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Congratulations and welcome to Pothole Repair!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At Pothole Repair, the institutional environment is one of mutual respect, trust, achievement, empowerment, and growth. We strongly believe in the value of long-term relationships with both our external clients and internal staff. While these are admirable qualities, you will see these ideals demonstrated by our actions and deeds daily.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please keep in mind the following guidelines while making decisions in the course of performing your duties:&lt;br /&gt;
* Do the right thing always, regardless of cost or effort.&lt;br /&gt;
* Treat clients with respect and always put their interests first.&lt;br /&gt;
* Treat all clients and staff members as you wish to be treated: with respect, integrity, and a sincere interest in providing assistance.&lt;br /&gt;
* Take pride in doing your job well, even when no one is watching.&lt;br /&gt;
* Remember why you are working- take time to enjoy your family and a balanced work-life.&lt;br /&gt;
* Be productive, focus on meeting essential goals and achievements as opposed to simply staying busy. Activity and productivity are not the same.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At Pothole Repair, the Account Management role is executive level and professional. We have high expectations for you to grow within this organization and hope you are ambitious, capable, and motivated. This manual contains strategies, processes, and procedures intended to speed your success along as you transition to this industry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This manual contains proprietary and confidential information and must not be copied or shared without prior authorization from Pothole Repair Metro DC, Inc. Any reproduction, misuse, or failure to protect the contents of this manual will breach the Employee Proprietary Information and Intellectual Property Agreement you have signed and will result in legal action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==CRM Modules==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Intro]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[RPH]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lead]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Accounts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Contacts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Opportunity]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Dispatch]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Invoices and Payroll]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[External Portals]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Mobile_applications|Mobile applications]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Back-end Processes]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Dashboards]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[How to Report an Issue]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Gmail pushing messages Integration]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Twilio Phone Integration]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[QBO Integration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Miscellaneuos==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[History of Asphalt]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Pothole Patching]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Glossary|Terms and Definitions]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Action_Tabs|Action Tabs]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Data Request / Report Issues / Improvements]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=Operations:Operations&amp;diff=1218</id>
		<title>Operations:Operations</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=Operations:Operations&amp;diff=1218"/>
		<updated>2023-02-28T11:26:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Operations]]&lt;br /&gt;
INVENTORY AND EQUIPMENT&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Asphalt - 20 TR's [3 ply boards]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4 - full spare propane tanks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1- Lute &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3 - shafted rakes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3 - asphalt scrapers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - square shovel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2 - D handle shovels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3 - brooms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - sledge hammer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - 3lb hammer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - hand tamper&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - cresent wrench&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - channel lock&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - socket wrench set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - digging bar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - pipe wrench&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - paint scraper&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - water pump&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3 - spray bottles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - spray paint &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sidewalk chalk&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - laser thermometer &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5 - 5gallon buckets with crush [put holes in bottom]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - 5gallon metal bucket&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - 5gallon bucket&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2 - tar buckets&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2 - torch heads&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2 - propane refill&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - fire extinguisher &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3 - roadside triangles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - tire gauge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - jumper cables&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - IR machine&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - roller&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - 3tonne jack&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spare risers (all available sizes)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - spare IR &amp;amp; Cooker blankets&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2 - water containers &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - diesel container&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - gas container&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Safety cones&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2 - spare sparkplug&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tie down straps &lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=Operations:Operations&amp;diff=1217</id>
		<title>Operations:Operations</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=Operations:Operations&amp;diff=1217"/>
		<updated>2023-02-28T11:25:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;INVENTORY AND EQUIPMENT&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Asphalt - 20 TR's [3 ply boards]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4 - full spare propane tanks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1- Lute &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3 - shafted rakes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3 - asphalt scrapers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - square shovel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2 - D handle shovels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3 - brooms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - sledge hammer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - 3lb hammer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - hand tamper&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - cresent wrench&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - channel lock&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - socket wrench set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - digging bar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - pipe wrench&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - paint scraper&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - water pump&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3 - spray bottles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - spray paint &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sidewalk chalk&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - laser thermometer &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5 - 5gallon buckets with crush [put holes in bottom]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - 5gallon metal bucket&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - 5gallon bucket&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2 - tar buckets&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2 - torch heads&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2 - propane refill&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - fire extinguisher &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3 - roadside triangles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - tire gauge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - jumper cables&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - IR machine&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - roller&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - 3tonne jack&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spare risers (all available sizes)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - spare IR &amp;amp; Cooker blankets&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2 - water containers &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - diesel container&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - gas container&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Safety cones&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2 - spare sparkplug&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tie down straps &lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=Operations:Operations&amp;diff=1216</id>
		<title>Operations:Operations</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=Operations:Operations&amp;diff=1216"/>
		<updated>2023-02-28T11:24:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Operations]]&lt;br /&gt;
INVENTORY AND EQUIPMENT&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Asphalt - 20 TR's [3 ply boards]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4 - full spare propane tanks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1- Lute &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3 - shafted rakes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3 - asphalt scrapers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - square shovel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2 - D handle shovels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3 - brooms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - sledge hammer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - 3lb hammer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - hand tamper&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - cresent wrench&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - channel lock&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - socket wrench set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - digging bar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - pipe wrench&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - paint scraper&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - water pump&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3 - spray bottles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - spray paint &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sidewalk chalk&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - laser thermometer &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5 - 5gallon buckets with crush [put holes in bottom]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - 5gallon metal bucket&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - 5gallon bucket&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2 - tar buckets&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2 - torch heads&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2 - propane refill&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - fire extinguisher &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3 - roadside triangles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - tire gauge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - jumper cables&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - IR machine&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - roller&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - 3tonne jack&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spare risers (all available sizes)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - spare IR &amp;amp; Cooker blankets&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2 - water containers &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - diesel container&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - gas container&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Safety cones&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2 - spare sparkplug&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tie down straps &lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=Operations:Operations&amp;diff=1215</id>
		<title>Operations:Operations</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=Operations:Operations&amp;diff=1215"/>
		<updated>2023-02-28T11:23:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: Removed protection from &amp;quot;Operations&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;INVENTORY AND EQUIPMENT&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Asphalt - 20 TR's [3 ply boards]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4 - full spare propane tanks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1- Lute &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3 - shafted rakes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3 - asphalt scrapers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - square shovel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2 - D handle shovels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3 - brooms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - sledge hammer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - 3lb hammer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - hand tamper&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - cresent wrench&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - channel lock&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - socket wrench set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - digging bar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - pipe wrench&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - paint scraper&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - water pump&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3 - spray bottles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - spray paint &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sidewalk chalk&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - laser thermometer &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5 - 5gallon buckets with crush [put holes in bottom]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - 5gallon metal bucket&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - 5gallon bucket&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2 - tar buckets&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2 - torch heads&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2 - propane refill&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - fire extinguisher &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3 - roadside triangles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - tire gauge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - jumper cables&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - IR machine&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - roller&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - 3tonne jack&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spare risers (all available sizes)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - spare IR &amp;amp; Cooker blankets&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2 - water containers &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - diesel container&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - gas container&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Safety cones&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2 - spare sparkplug&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tie down straps &lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=Operations:Operations&amp;diff=1214</id>
		<title>Operations:Operations</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=Operations:Operations&amp;diff=1214"/>
		<updated>2023-02-28T11:20:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: Protected &amp;quot;Operations&amp;quot; ([Edit=Allow only autoconfirmed users] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only autoconfirmed users] (indefinite))&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;INVENTORY AND EQUIPMENT&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Asphalt - 20 TR's [3 ply boards]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4 - full spare propane tanks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1- Lute &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3 - shafted rakes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3 - asphalt scrapers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - square shovel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2 - D handle shovels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3 - brooms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - sledge hammer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - 3lb hammer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - hand tamper&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - cresent wrench&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - channel lock&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - socket wrench set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - digging bar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - pipe wrench&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - paint scraper&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - water pump&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3 - spray bottles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - spray paint &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sidewalk chalk&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - laser thermometer &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5 - 5gallon buckets with crush [put holes in bottom]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - 5gallon metal bucket&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - 5gallon bucket&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2 - tar buckets&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2 - torch heads&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2 - propane refill&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - fire extinguisher &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3 - roadside triangles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - tire gauge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - jumper cables&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - IR machine&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - roller&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - 3tonne jack&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spare risers (all available sizes)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - spare IR &amp;amp; Cooker blankets&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2 - water containers &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - diesel container&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - gas container&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Safety cones&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2 - spare sparkplug&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tie down straps &lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=Mobile_applications&amp;diff=1213</id>
		<title>Mobile applications</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=Mobile_applications&amp;diff=1213"/>
		<updated>2023-02-23T15:03:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: /* eTechnician 2.0 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Lead generator=&lt;br /&gt;
External users, who are limited to using some parts of the CRM through special configuration, can use the Lead Generator application to generate or retrieve new customers' information. Fully linked to Google, the app is easy to log into and provides geolocation services.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Hunters,'' through a license granted to them by the company, can search for new clients. They look for new potholes, register them in the system using the application, and receive payment for each successful client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each time a hunter creates a Lead, they get an email notification to keep track of all records they have created. Pothole Repairs runs weekly reports to verify the number of leads and conversions made by our hunters, for which they are paid.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Very similar to the RPH creation process of the CRM, the app has a ''wizard'' that guides the user step by step to avoid skipping any actions. Please find below a series of images showing each section with brief descriptions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Portada.png|500px|thumb|centre|App Portrait Picture]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The users can access more options by clicking on the sandwich menu at the top left corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu.png|500px|thumb|centre|Menu]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before creating a new lead, the app will connect to the GPS to automatically geolocate the potholes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Start.png|500px|thumb|centre|Conecting to GPS]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the app cannot retrieve the location automatically, then the user will manually set it by dragging the pin to the actual location.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Set location.png|500px|thumb|centre|Set PH damage location]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the location is determined, the user can take two pictures&lt;br /&gt;
* the pothole image&lt;br /&gt;
* a picture of the entrance or commercial sign with the company's information to easily identify or match the pothole to the site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:4 LG.png|500px|thumb|center|Confirm Location]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After taking the pictures, the app will ask to provide a company name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:5.png|500px|thumb|center|Provide company name]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And it will also ask to provide more information and a leasing name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:6Leasing.png|500px|thumb|center|Leasing pic]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, the user verifies all information and clicks on &amp;quot;create it.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7Create Lead.png|500px|thumb|center|Create Lead]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The user has successfully created the new Lead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:8Lead Saved.png|500px|thumb|center|Lead Saved]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Proposal Maker=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Proposal Maker app works on the same concept as the Lead Generator App, using a ''wizard'' to guide the user step by step and avoid missing or skipping information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The slight difference between them is that surveyors use this app to assess the damage and provide quotes and job requirements to fix the potholes in a property, such as size, amount of TRs, type of work and tools needed, etc. Surveyors use their access to see all the activities assigned to them, including the property type to visit and directions to do so. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The series of images below display each section with brief descriptions &lt;br /&gt;
Below is the main screen where the surveyors can see all assigned activities and filter them by date. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-1.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can access more options by hitting the sandwich menu at the top left corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20220805-054001 Proposal Maker.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each task, they can directly contact the customer and the opportunity owner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-3.png|500px|center|Send an e-mail to the customer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-2.png|500px|center|Call the customer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-4.png|500px|center|Call opp owner]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can see more information about the opportunity, use the GPS to navigate the property, or complete the opportunity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-5.png|500px|thumb|center|See more info]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-6.png|500px|thumb|center|Navigate to property]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-7.png|500px|thumb|center|Complete Opp]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-8.png|500px|thumb|center|Complete Opp]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If needed, the surveyors can also add more repairs, PH damage, or External Damage where the damage needs to be repaired by one of our partners.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-9.png|500px|thumb|center|Add more repairs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If they were to add more repairs, they first need to take a ''before picture'' of the damage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-10.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After taking the picture, they have to set the estimated amount of TRs (Thermal Repairs) they think will be needed to fix that damage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-11.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the next step, the surveyor has to set the specific pothole location, the more accurate, the better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-12.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-13.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then they must specify whether the technicians will need to take any extra tools or materials, and finally add notes to the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-14.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, once they have closed it, the system will ask the technician to confirm having read the task notes, add notes to the opportunity, and finish the task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-15.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-16.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-17.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The other option is to add or create an External Proposal for our partners. When the surveyor clicks on &amp;quot;External Damage,&amp;quot; the app will show a pop-up window asking confirmation to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-18.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The surveyor must upload a picture of the damage before choosing the product or required type of work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-19.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, the wizard will ask the surveyor to add any notes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-20.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And a pop-up window will ask for confirmation to close the proposal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-21.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=eTechnician 2.0=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our technicians use this app for two main purposes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To check-in, to upload their time card, the truck inspection, and inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
To access all jobs, dispatches, and surveys assigned to them&lt;br /&gt;
This application is solely for our employees' use and not for external users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Imagen numero 1.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the main screen, our technicians can view both the Dispatches and Surveys assigned.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Imagen numero 2.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can access more options by hitting the sandwich menu at the top left corner. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Imagen numero 3.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;upload receipt&amp;quot; option allows them to upload any bill or expense they might have as part of their duties; this way, all expenses can be kept and tracked in one place.&lt;br /&gt;
When they hit &amp;quot;upload receipt,&amp;quot; the app will open up the camera to take a picture of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:4Upload Receipt.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be able to start the working day, the technicians will need to upload the necessary daily documents. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:6Daily Docs Alert.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They will need to do so by clicking on the camera button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:5Daily Docs.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After completing all of the necessary documents, an alert will pop-up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7Daily Docs Completion.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By clicking on the job, the user can see the details of it. The user icon with a star on the side shows the team leader for the job, and clicking on it will show the whole crew.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:8Job detail.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a technician clicks on &amp;quot;start,&amp;quot; the system will send an email to the customer and to the owner of the opportunity to notify them the repair is in process. The system also allows Headquarters to track progress using a live feed regarding the job progression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:9Start Job.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:9Start job 2.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After confirming the operation, the system will also remind the technicians to log out from their vehicles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:10Driver Logout.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Technicians can see all details regarding the job, see the surveyor's notes, and call either the owner or the surveyor. Using buttons, they can&lt;br /&gt;
* Navigate to the pothole&lt;br /&gt;
* Take a picture after fixing the damage&lt;br /&gt;
* Reschedule the item if they could not finish it at that time due to unexpected reasons.&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the screen, there are more options to either add a new repair, reschedule the job or view the map.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:11Inside thejob details.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When clocking on 'Take Pic' button, it will let you select to open the camera, or select a picture from the gallery.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:12Take Picture.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After taking the picture, the system will open a window to set the number of TRs needed to fix the pothole and specify the type of repair they performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:13Set TRs.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process to add further repairs is very similar: Technicians need to click &amp;quot;add new,&amp;quot; take a picture of the damage, set the estimated amount of TRs to be used, and set the location of the pothole. After they have added all the new additional repairs and clicked on &amp;quot;finish,&amp;quot; the system will notify the account manager to get approvals. If approved, the technicians should fix those additionals repairs before leaving the property.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:14Additional repairs.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After they have completed all the items within the dispatch, they will automatically be redirected to this screen to add the last notes for the dispatch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:15Ending notes.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the job is complete, they can finally close the dispatch and confirm completion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:16End job.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now that the technicians are done, the app will prevent them from logging into their vehicle before driving to the next property.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Quick Access=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[RPH]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lead]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Accounts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Contacts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Opportunity]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Dispatch]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Invoices and Payroll]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[External Portals]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Back-end Processes]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=Mobile_applications&amp;diff=1212</id>
		<title>Mobile applications</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=Mobile_applications&amp;diff=1212"/>
		<updated>2023-02-10T14:40:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: /* eTechnician 2.0 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Lead generator=&lt;br /&gt;
External users, who are limited to using some parts of the CRM through special configuration, can use the Lead Generator application to generate or retrieve new customers' information. Fully linked to Google, the app is easy to log into and provides geolocation services.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Hunters,'' through a license granted to them by the company, can search for new clients. They look for new potholes, register them in the system using the application, and receive payment for each successful client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each time a hunter creates a Lead, they get an email notification to keep track of all records they have created. Pothole Repairs runs weekly reports to verify the number of leads and conversions made by our hunters, for which they are paid.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Very similar to the RPH creation process of the CRM, the app has a ''wizard'' that guides the user step by step to avoid skipping any actions. Please find below a series of images showing each section with brief descriptions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Portada.png|500px|thumb|centre|App Portrait Picture]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The users can access more options by clicking on the sandwich menu at the top left corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu.png|500px|thumb|centre|Menu]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before creating a new lead, the app will connect to the GPS to automatically geolocate the potholes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Start.png|500px|thumb|centre|Conecting to GPS]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the app cannot retrieve the location automatically, then the user will manually set it by dragging the pin to the actual location.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Set location.png|500px|thumb|centre|Set PH damage location]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the location is determined, the user can take two pictures&lt;br /&gt;
* the pothole image&lt;br /&gt;
* a picture of the entrance or commercial sign with the company's information to easily identify or match the pothole to the site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:4 LG.png|500px|thumb|center|Confirm Location]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After taking the pictures, the app will ask to provide a company name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:5.png|500px|thumb|center|Provide company name]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And it will also ask to provide more information and a leasing name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:6Leasing.png|500px|thumb|center|Leasing pic]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, the user verifies all information and clicks on &amp;quot;create it.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7Create Lead.png|500px|thumb|center|Create Lead]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The user has successfully created the new Lead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:8Lead Saved.png|500px|thumb|center|Lead Saved]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Proposal Maker=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Proposal Maker app works on the same concept as the Lead Generator App, using a ''wizard'' to guide the user step by step and avoid missing or skipping information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The slight difference between them is that surveyors use this app to assess the damage and provide quotes and job requirements to fix the potholes in a property, such as size, amount of TRs, type of work and tools needed, etc. Surveyors use their access to see all the activities assigned to them, including the property type to visit and directions to do so. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The series of images below display each section with brief descriptions &lt;br /&gt;
Below is the main screen where the surveyors can see all assigned activities and filter them by date. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-1.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can access more options by hitting the sandwich menu at the top left corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20220805-054001 Proposal Maker.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each task, they can directly contact the customer and the opportunity owner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-3.png|500px|center|Send an e-mail to the customer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-2.png|500px|center|Call the customer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-4.png|500px|center|Call opp owner]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can see more information about the opportunity, use the GPS to navigate the property, or complete the opportunity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-5.png|500px|thumb|center|See more info]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-6.png|500px|thumb|center|Navigate to property]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-7.png|500px|thumb|center|Complete Opp]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-8.png|500px|thumb|center|Complete Opp]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If needed, the surveyors can also add more repairs, PH damage, or External Damage where the damage needs to be repaired by one of our partners.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-9.png|500px|thumb|center|Add more repairs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If they were to add more repairs, they first need to take a ''before picture'' of the damage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-10.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After taking the picture, they have to set the estimated amount of TRs (Thermal Repairs) they think will be needed to fix that damage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-11.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the next step, the surveyor has to set the specific pothole location, the more accurate, the better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-12.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-13.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then they must specify whether the technicians will need to take any extra tools or materials, and finally add notes to the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-14.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, once they have closed it, the system will ask the technician to confirm having read the task notes, add notes to the opportunity, and finish the task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-15.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-16.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-17.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The other option is to add or create an External Proposal for our partners. When the surveyor clicks on &amp;quot;External Damage,&amp;quot; the app will show a pop-up window asking confirmation to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-18.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The surveyor must upload a picture of the damage before choosing the product or required type of work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-19.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, the wizard will ask the surveyor to add any notes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-20.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And a pop-up window will ask for confirmation to close the proposal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-21.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=eTechnician 2.0=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our technicians use this app for two main purposes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To check-in, to upload their time card, the truck inspection, and inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
To access all jobs, dispatches, and surveys assigned to them&lt;br /&gt;
This application is solely for our employees' use and not for external users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Imagen numero 1.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the main screen, our technicians can view both the Dispatches and Surveys assigned.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Imagen numero 2.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can access more options by hitting the sandwich menu at the top left corner. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Imagen numero 3.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;upload receipt&amp;quot; option allows them to upload any bill or expense they might have as part of their duties; this way, all expenses can be kept and tracked in one place.&lt;br /&gt;
When they hit &amp;quot;upload receipt,&amp;quot; the app will open up the camera to take a picture of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:4Upload Receipt.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be able to start the working day, the technicians will need to upload the necessary daily documents. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:6Daily Docs Alert.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They will need to do so by clicking on the camera button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:5Daily Docs.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After completing all of the necessary documents, an alert will pop-up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7Daily Docs Completion.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By clicking on the job, the user can see the details of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:8Job detail.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a technician clicks on &amp;quot;start,&amp;quot; the system will send an email to the customer and to the owner of the opportunity to notify them the repair is in process. The system also allows Headquarters to track progress using a live feed regarding the job progression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:9Start Job.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:9Start job 2.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After confirming the operation, the system will also remind the technicians to log out from their vehicles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:10Driver Logout.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Technicians can see all details regarding the job, see the surveyor's notes, and call either the owner or the surveyor. Using buttons, they can&lt;br /&gt;
* Navigate to the pothole&lt;br /&gt;
* Take a picture after fixing the damage&lt;br /&gt;
* Reschedule the item if they could not finish it at that time due to unexpected reasons.&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the screen, there are more options to either add a new repair, reschedule the job or view the map.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:11Inside thejob details.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When clocking on 'Take Pic' button, it will let you select to open the camera, or select a picture from the gallery.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:12Take Picture.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After taking the picture, the system will open a window to set the number of TRs needed to fix the pothole and specify the type of repair they performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:13Set TRs.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process to add further repairs is very similar: Technicians need to click &amp;quot;add new,&amp;quot; take a picture of the damage, set the estimated amount of TRs to be used, and set the location of the pothole. After they have added all the new additional repairs and clicked on &amp;quot;finish,&amp;quot; the system will notify the account manager to get approvals. If approved, the technicians should fix those additionals repairs before leaving the property.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:14Additional repairs.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After they have completed all the items within the dispatch, they will automatically be redirected to this screen to add the last notes for the dispatch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:15Ending notes.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the job is complete, they can finally close the dispatch and confirm completion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:16End job.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now that the technicians are done, the app will prevent them from logging into their vehicle before driving to the next property.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Quick Access=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[RPH]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lead]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Accounts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Contacts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Opportunity]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Dispatch]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Invoices and Payroll]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[External Portals]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Back-end Processes]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=File:Imagen_numero_3.png&amp;diff=1211</id>
		<title>File:Imagen numero 3.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=File:Imagen_numero_3.png&amp;diff=1211"/>
		<updated>2023-02-10T14:39:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Menu&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=File:Imagen_numero_2.png&amp;diff=1210</id>
		<title>File:Imagen numero 2.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=File:Imagen_numero_2.png&amp;diff=1210"/>
		<updated>2023-02-10T14:38:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Home page&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=File:Imagen_numero_1.png&amp;diff=1209</id>
		<title>File:Imagen numero 1.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=File:Imagen_numero_1.png&amp;diff=1209"/>
		<updated>2023-02-10T14:38:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Main&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=Mobile_applications&amp;diff=1208</id>
		<title>Mobile applications</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=Mobile_applications&amp;diff=1208"/>
		<updated>2023-01-30T14:47:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: /* Proposal Maker */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Lead generator=&lt;br /&gt;
External users, who are limited to using some parts of the CRM through special configuration, can use the Lead Generator application to generate or retrieve new customers' information. Fully linked to Google, the app is easy to log into and provides geolocation services.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Hunters,'' through a license granted to them by the company, can search for new clients. They look for new potholes, register them in the system using the application, and receive payment for each successful client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each time a hunter creates a Lead, they get an email notification to keep track of all records they have created. Pothole Repairs runs weekly reports to verify the number of leads and conversions made by our hunters, for which they are paid.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Very similar to the RPH creation process of the CRM, the app has a ''wizard'' that guides the user step by step to avoid skipping any actions. Please find below a series of images showing each section with brief descriptions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Portada.png|500px|thumb|centre|App Portrait Picture]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The users can access more options by clicking on the sandwich menu at the top left corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu.png|500px|thumb|centre|Menu]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before creating a new lead, the app will connect to the GPS to automatically geolocate the potholes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Start.png|500px|thumb|centre|Conecting to GPS]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the app cannot retrieve the location automatically, then the user will manually set it by dragging the pin to the actual location.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Set location.png|500px|thumb|centre|Set PH damage location]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the location is determined, the user can take two pictures&lt;br /&gt;
* the pothole image&lt;br /&gt;
* a picture of the entrance or commercial sign with the company's information to easily identify or match the pothole to the site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:4 LG.png|500px|thumb|center|Confirm Location]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After taking the pictures, the app will ask to provide a company name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:5.png|500px|thumb|center|Provide company name]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And it will also ask to provide more information and a leasing name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:6Leasing.png|500px|thumb|center|Leasing pic]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, the user verifies all information and clicks on &amp;quot;create it.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7Create Lead.png|500px|thumb|center|Create Lead]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The user has successfully created the new Lead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:8Lead Saved.png|500px|thumb|center|Lead Saved]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Proposal Maker=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Proposal Maker app works on the same concept as the Lead Generator App, using a ''wizard'' to guide the user step by step and avoid missing or skipping information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The slight difference between them is that surveyors use this app to assess the damage and provide quotes and job requirements to fix the potholes in a property, such as size, amount of TRs, type of work and tools needed, etc. Surveyors use their access to see all the activities assigned to them, including the property type to visit and directions to do so. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The series of images below display each section with brief descriptions &lt;br /&gt;
Below is the main screen where the surveyors can see all assigned activities and filter them by date. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-1.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can access more options by hitting the sandwich menu at the top left corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20220805-054001 Proposal Maker.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each task, they can directly contact the customer and the opportunity owner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-3.png|500px|center|Send an e-mail to the customer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-2.png|500px|center|Call the customer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-4.png|500px|center|Call opp owner]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can see more information about the opportunity, use the GPS to navigate the property, or complete the opportunity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-5.png|500px|thumb|center|See more info]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-6.png|500px|thumb|center|Navigate to property]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-7.png|500px|thumb|center|Complete Opp]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-8.png|500px|thumb|center|Complete Opp]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If needed, the surveyors can also add more repairs, PH damage, or External Damage where the damage needs to be repaired by one of our partners.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-9.png|500px|thumb|center|Add more repairs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If they were to add more repairs, they first need to take a ''before picture'' of the damage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-10.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After taking the picture, they have to set the estimated amount of TRs (Thermal Repairs) they think will be needed to fix that damage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-11.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the next step, the surveyor has to set the specific pothole location, the more accurate, the better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-12.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-13.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then they must specify whether the technicians will need to take any extra tools or materials, and finally add notes to the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-14.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, once they have closed it, the system will ask the technician to confirm having read the task notes, add notes to the opportunity, and finish the task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-15.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-16.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-17.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The other option is to add or create an External Proposal for our partners. When the surveyor clicks on &amp;quot;External Damage,&amp;quot; the app will show a pop-up window asking confirmation to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-18.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The surveyor must upload a picture of the damage before choosing the product or required type of work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-19.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, the wizard will ask the surveyor to add any notes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-20.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And a pop-up window will ask for confirmation to close the proposal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-21.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=eTechnician 2.0=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our technicians use this app for two main purposes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To check-in, to upload their time card, the truck inspection, and inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
To access all jobs, dispatches, and surveys assigned to them&lt;br /&gt;
This application is solely for our employees' use and not for external users.&lt;br /&gt;
(IMAGEN 1)&lt;br /&gt;
From the main screen, our technicians can view both the Dispatches and Surveys assigned.&lt;br /&gt;
(IMAGEN 2)&lt;br /&gt;
They can access more options by hitting the sandwich menu at the top left corner. &lt;br /&gt;
(IMAGEN 3)&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;upload receipt&amp;quot; option allows them to upload any bill or expense they might have as part of their duties; this way, all expenses can be kept and tracked in one place.&lt;br /&gt;
When they hit &amp;quot;upload receipt,&amp;quot; the app will open up the camera to take a picture of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:4Upload Receipt.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be able to start the working day, the technicians will need to upload the necessary daily documents. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:6Daily Docs Alert.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They will need to do so by clicking on the camera button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:5Daily Docs.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After completing all of the necessary documents, an alert will pop-up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7Daily Docs Completion.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By clicking on the job, the user can see the details of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:8Job detail.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a technician clicks on &amp;quot;start,&amp;quot; the system will send an email to the customer and to the owner of the opportunity to notify them the repair is in process. The system also allows Headquarters to track progress using a live feed regarding the job progression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:9Start Job.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:9Start job 2.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After confirming the operation, the system will also remind the technicians to log out from their vehicles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:10Driver Logout.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Technicians can see all details regarding the job, see the surveyor's notes, and call either the owner or the surveyor. Using buttons, they can&lt;br /&gt;
* Navigate to the pothole&lt;br /&gt;
* Take a picture after fixing the damage&lt;br /&gt;
* Reschedule the item if they could not finish it at that time due to unexpected reasons.&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the screen, there are more options to either add a new repair, reschedule the job or view the map.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:11Inside thejob details.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When clocking on 'Take Pic' button, it will let you select to open the camera, or select a picture from the gallery.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:12Take Picture.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After taking the picture, the system will open a window to set the number of TRs needed to fix the pothole and specify the type of repair they performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:13Set TRs.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process to add further repairs is very similar: Technicians need to click &amp;quot;add new,&amp;quot; take a picture of the damage, set the estimated amount of TRs to be used, and set the location of the pothole. After they have added all the new additional repairs and clicked on &amp;quot;finish,&amp;quot; the system will notify the account manager to get approvals. If approved, the technicians should fix those additionals repairs before leaving the property.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:14Additional repairs.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After they have completed all the items within the dispatch, they will automatically be redirected to this screen to add the last notes for the dispatch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:15Ending notes.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the job is complete, they can finally close the dispatch and confirm completion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:16End job.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now that the technicians are done, the app will prevent them from logging into their vehicle before driving to the next property.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Quick Access=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[RPH]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lead]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Accounts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Contacts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Opportunity]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Dispatch]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Invoices and Payroll]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[External Portals]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Back-end Processes]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=Mobile_applications&amp;diff=1207</id>
		<title>Mobile applications</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=Mobile_applications&amp;diff=1207"/>
		<updated>2023-01-30T14:45:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: /* E-Technician */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Lead generator=&lt;br /&gt;
External users, who are limited to using some parts of the CRM through special configuration, can use the Lead Generator application to generate or retrieve new customers' information. Fully linked to Google, the app is easy to log into and provides geolocation services.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Hunters,'' through a license granted to them by the company, can search for new clients. They look for new potholes, register them in the system using the application, and receive payment for each successful client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each time a hunter creates a Lead, they get an email notification to keep track of all records they have created. Pothole Repairs runs weekly reports to verify the number of leads and conversions made by our hunters, for which they are paid.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Very similar to the RPH creation process of the CRM, the app has a ''wizard'' that guides the user step by step to avoid skipping any actions. Please find below a series of images showing each section with brief descriptions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Portada.png|500px|thumb|centre|App Portrait Picture]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The users can access more options by clicking on the sandwich menu at the top left corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu.png|500px|thumb|centre|Menu]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before creating a new lead, the app will connect to the GPS to automatically geolocate the potholes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Start.png|500px|thumb|centre|Conecting to GPS]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the app cannot retrieve the location automatically, then the user will manually set it by dragging the pin to the actual location.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Set location.png|500px|thumb|centre|Set PH damage location]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the location is determined, the user can take two pictures&lt;br /&gt;
* the pothole image&lt;br /&gt;
* a picture of the entrance or commercial sign with the company's information to easily identify or match the pothole to the site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:4 LG.png|500px|thumb|center|Confirm Location]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After taking the pictures, the app will ask to provide a company name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:5.png|500px|thumb|center|Provide company name]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And it will also ask to provide more information and a leasing name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:6Leasing.png|500px|thumb|center|Leasing pic]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, the user verifies all information and clicks on &amp;quot;create it.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7Create Lead.png|500px|thumb|center|Create Lead]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The user has successfully created the new Lead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:8Lead Saved.png|500px|thumb|center|Lead Saved]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Proposal Maker=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Proposal Maker app works on the same concept as the Lead Generator App, using a ''wizard'' to guide the user step by step and avoid missing or skipping information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The slight difference between them is that surveyors use this app to assess the damage and provide quotes and job requirements to fix the potholes in a property, such as size, amount of TRs, type of work and tools needed, etc. Surveyors use their access to see all the activities assigned to them, including the property type to visit and directions to do so. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The series of images below display each section with brief descriptions &lt;br /&gt;
Below is the main screen where the surveyors can see all assigned activities and filter them by date. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-1.png|500px|thumb|center|Main Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can access more options by hitting the sandwich menu at the top left corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20220805-054001 Proposal Maker.jpg|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each task, they can directly contact the customer and the opportunity owner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-3.png|500px|thumb|center|Send an e-mail to the customer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-2.png|500px|thumb|center|Call the customer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-4.png|500px|thumb|center|Call opp owner]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can see more information about the opportunity, use the GPS to navigate the property, or complete the opportunity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-5.png|500px|thumb|center|See more info]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-6.png|500px|thumb|center|Navigate to property]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-7.png|500px|thumb|center|Complete Opp]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-8.png|500px|thumb|center|Complete Opp]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If needed, the surveyors can also add more repairs, PH damage, or External Damage where the damage needs to be repaired by one of our partners.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-9.png|500px|thumb|center|Add more repairs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If they were to add more repairs, they first need to take a ''before picture'' of the damage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-10.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After taking the picture, they have to set the estimated amount of TRs (Thermal Repairs) they think will be needed to fix that damage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-11.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the next step, the surveyor has to set the specific pothole location, the more accurate, the better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-12.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-13.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then they must specify whether the technicians will need to take any extra tools or materials, and finally add notes to the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-14.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, once they have closed it, the system will ask the technician to confirm having read the task notes, add notes to the opportunity, and finish the task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-15.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-16.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-17.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The other option is to add or create an External Proposal for our partners. When the surveyor clicks on &amp;quot;External Damage,&amp;quot; the app will show a pop-up window asking confirmation to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-18.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The surveyor must upload a picture of the damage before choosing the product or required type of work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-19.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, the wizard will ask the surveyor to add any notes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-20.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And a pop-up window will ask for confirmation to close the proposal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-21.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=eTechnician 2.0=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our technicians use this app for two main purposes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To check-in, to upload their time card, the truck inspection, and inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
To access all jobs, dispatches, and surveys assigned to them&lt;br /&gt;
This application is solely for our employees' use and not for external users.&lt;br /&gt;
(IMAGEN 1)&lt;br /&gt;
From the main screen, our technicians can view both the Dispatches and Surveys assigned.&lt;br /&gt;
(IMAGEN 2)&lt;br /&gt;
They can access more options by hitting the sandwich menu at the top left corner. &lt;br /&gt;
(IMAGEN 3)&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;upload receipt&amp;quot; option allows them to upload any bill or expense they might have as part of their duties; this way, all expenses can be kept and tracked in one place.&lt;br /&gt;
When they hit &amp;quot;upload receipt,&amp;quot; the app will open up the camera to take a picture of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:4Upload Receipt.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be able to start the working day, the technicians will need to upload the necessary daily documents. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:6Daily Docs Alert.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They will need to do so by clicking on the camera button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:5Daily Docs.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After completing all of the necessary documents, an alert will pop-up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7Daily Docs Completion.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By clicking on the job, the user can see the details of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:8Job detail.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a technician clicks on &amp;quot;start,&amp;quot; the system will send an email to the customer and to the owner of the opportunity to notify them the repair is in process. The system also allows Headquarters to track progress using a live feed regarding the job progression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:9Start Job.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:9Start job 2.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After confirming the operation, the system will also remind the technicians to log out from their vehicles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:10Driver Logout.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Technicians can see all details regarding the job, see the surveyor's notes, and call either the owner or the surveyor. Using buttons, they can&lt;br /&gt;
* Navigate to the pothole&lt;br /&gt;
* Take a picture after fixing the damage&lt;br /&gt;
* Reschedule the item if they could not finish it at that time due to unexpected reasons.&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the screen, there are more options to either add a new repair, reschedule the job or view the map.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:11Inside thejob details.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When clocking on 'Take Pic' button, it will let you select to open the camera, or select a picture from the gallery.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:12Take Picture.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After taking the picture, the system will open a window to set the number of TRs needed to fix the pothole and specify the type of repair they performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:13Set TRs.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process to add further repairs is very similar: Technicians need to click &amp;quot;add new,&amp;quot; take a picture of the damage, set the estimated amount of TRs to be used, and set the location of the pothole. After they have added all the new additional repairs and clicked on &amp;quot;finish,&amp;quot; the system will notify the account manager to get approvals. If approved, the technicians should fix those additionals repairs before leaving the property.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:14Additional repairs.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After they have completed all the items within the dispatch, they will automatically be redirected to this screen to add the last notes for the dispatch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:15Ending notes.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the job is complete, they can finally close the dispatch and confirm completion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:16End job.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now that the technicians are done, the app will prevent them from logging into their vehicle before driving to the next property.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Quick Access=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[RPH]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lead]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Accounts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Contacts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Opportunity]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Dispatch]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Invoices and Payroll]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[External Portals]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Back-end Processes]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=Mobile_applications&amp;diff=1206</id>
		<title>Mobile applications</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=Mobile_applications&amp;diff=1206"/>
		<updated>2023-01-30T14:43:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: /* New Tech App */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Lead generator=&lt;br /&gt;
External users, who are limited to using some parts of the CRM through special configuration, can use the Lead Generator application to generate or retrieve new customers' information. Fully linked to Google, the app is easy to log into and provides geolocation services.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Hunters,'' through a license granted to them by the company, can search for new clients. They look for new potholes, register them in the system using the application, and receive payment for each successful client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each time a hunter creates a Lead, they get an email notification to keep track of all records they have created. Pothole Repairs runs weekly reports to verify the number of leads and conversions made by our hunters, for which they are paid.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Very similar to the RPH creation process of the CRM, the app has a ''wizard'' that guides the user step by step to avoid skipping any actions. Please find below a series of images showing each section with brief descriptions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Portada.png|500px|thumb|centre|App Portrait Picture]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The users can access more options by clicking on the sandwich menu at the top left corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu.png|500px|thumb|centre|Menu]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before creating a new lead, the app will connect to the GPS to automatically geolocate the potholes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Start.png|500px|thumb|centre|Conecting to GPS]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the app cannot retrieve the location automatically, then the user will manually set it by dragging the pin to the actual location.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Set location.png|500px|thumb|centre|Set PH damage location]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the location is determined, the user can take two pictures&lt;br /&gt;
* the pothole image&lt;br /&gt;
* a picture of the entrance or commercial sign with the company's information to easily identify or match the pothole to the site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:4 LG.png|500px|thumb|center|Confirm Location]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After taking the pictures, the app will ask to provide a company name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:5.png|500px|thumb|center|Provide company name]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And it will also ask to provide more information and a leasing name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:6Leasing.png|500px|thumb|center|Leasing pic]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, the user verifies all information and clicks on &amp;quot;create it.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7Create Lead.png|500px|thumb|center|Create Lead]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The user has successfully created the new Lead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:8Lead Saved.png|500px|thumb|center|Lead Saved]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Proposal Maker=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Proposal Maker app works on the same concept as the Lead Generator App, using a ''wizard'' to guide the user step by step and avoid missing or skipping information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The slight difference between them is that surveyors use this app to assess the damage and provide quotes and job requirements to fix the potholes in a property, such as size, amount of TRs, type of work and tools needed, etc. Surveyors use their access to see all the activities assigned to them, including the property type to visit and directions to do so. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The series of images below display each section with brief descriptions &lt;br /&gt;
Below is the main screen where the surveyors can see all assigned activities and filter them by date. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-1.png|500px|thumb|center|Main Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can access more options by hitting the sandwich menu at the top left corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20220805-054001 Proposal Maker.jpg|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each task, they can directly contact the customer and the opportunity owner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-3.png|500px|thumb|center|Send an e-mail to the customer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-2.png|500px|thumb|center|Call the customer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-4.png|500px|thumb|center|Call opp owner]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can see more information about the opportunity, use the GPS to navigate the property, or complete the opportunity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-5.png|500px|thumb|center|See more info]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-6.png|500px|thumb|center|Navigate to property]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-7.png|500px|thumb|center|Complete Opp]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-8.png|500px|thumb|center|Complete Opp]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If needed, the surveyors can also add more repairs, PH damage, or External Damage where the damage needs to be repaired by one of our partners.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-9.png|500px|thumb|center|Add more repairs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If they were to add more repairs, they first need to take a ''before picture'' of the damage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-10.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After taking the picture, they have to set the estimated amount of TRs (Thermal Repairs) they think will be needed to fix that damage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-11.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the next step, the surveyor has to set the specific pothole location, the more accurate, the better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-12.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-13.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then they must specify whether the technicians will need to take any extra tools or materials, and finally add notes to the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-14.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, once they have closed it, the system will ask the technician to confirm having read the task notes, add notes to the opportunity, and finish the task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-15.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-16.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-17.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The other option is to add or create an External Proposal for our partners. When the surveyor clicks on &amp;quot;External Damage,&amp;quot; the app will show a pop-up window asking confirmation to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-18.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The surveyor must upload a picture of the damage before choosing the product or required type of work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-19.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, the wizard will ask the surveyor to add any notes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-20.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And a pop-up window will ask for confirmation to close the proposal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-21.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=E-Technician=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our technicians use this app for two main purposes: &lt;br /&gt;
* To check-in, to upload their time card, the truck inspection, and inventory. &lt;br /&gt;
* To access all jobs, dispatches, and surveys assigned to them&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This application is solely for our employees' use and not for external users. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the main screen, our technicians can view both the Dispatches and Surveys assigned.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:3Main Menu.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can access more options by hitting the sandwich menu at the top left corner. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-104203 eTechnician.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;upload receipt&amp;quot; option allows them to upload any bill or expense they might have as part of their duties; this way, all expenses can be kept and tracked in one place.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When they hit &amp;quot;upload receipt,&amp;quot; the app will open up the camera to take a picture of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-104209 eTechnician.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the technicians enter the application to see either a dispatch or survey, they can get a job preview showing all the work to do and the amount of TRs per damage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-104238 eTechnician.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-104231 eTechnician.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before starting a job, the app will prevent the users from completing the daily inspections (check-in), explained in the [[dispatch]] section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-104242 eTechnician.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the daily inspections are completed, the system will allow them to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a technician clicks on &amp;quot;start,&amp;quot; the system will send an email to the customer and to the owner of the opportunity to notify them the repair is in process. The system also allows Headquarters to track progress using a live feed regarding the job progression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-104330 eTechnician.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-105915 eTechnician.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After confirming the operation, the system will also remind the technicians to log out from their vehicles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-105924 eTechnician.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Technicians can see all details regarding the job, see the surveyor's notes, and call either the owner or the surveyor. Using buttons, they can&lt;br /&gt;
* Navigate to the pothole&lt;br /&gt;
* Take a picture after fixing the damage&lt;br /&gt;
* Reschedule the item if they could not finish it at that time due to unexpected reasons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-105929 eTechnician.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After taking the picture, the system will open a window and set the number of TRs needed to fix the pothole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-105946 eTechnician.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They have to specify the type of repair they performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110002 eTechnician.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please find an example of the view they get after completing the task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110008 eTechnician.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the screen, there are more options to either add a new repair, reschedule the job or view the map.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110011 eTechnician.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process to add further repairs is very similar: Technicians need to click &amp;quot;add new,&amp;quot; take a picture of the damage, set the estimated amount of TRs to be used, and set the location of the pothole. After they have added all the new additional repairs and clicked on &amp;quot;finish,&amp;quot; the system will notify the account manager to get approvals. If approved, the technicians should fix those additionals repairs before leaving the property.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110019 eTechnician.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110034 eTechnician.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110044 eTechnician.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110051 eTechnician.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After they have completed all the items within the dispatch, they will automatically be redirected to this screen to add the last notes for the dispatch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110255 eTechnician.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the job is complete, they can finally close the dispatch and confirm completion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110257 eTechnician.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now that the technicians are done, the app will prevent them from logging into their vehicle before driving to the next property.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110300 eTechnician.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=eTechnician 2.0=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our technicians use this app for two main purposes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To check-in, to upload their time card, the truck inspection, and inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
To access all jobs, dispatches, and surveys assigned to them&lt;br /&gt;
This application is solely for our employees' use and not for external users.&lt;br /&gt;
(IMAGEN 1)&lt;br /&gt;
From the main screen, our technicians can view both the Dispatches and Surveys assigned.&lt;br /&gt;
(IMAGEN 2)&lt;br /&gt;
They can access more options by hitting the sandwich menu at the top left corner. &lt;br /&gt;
(IMAGEN 3)&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;upload receipt&amp;quot; option allows them to upload any bill or expense they might have as part of their duties; this way, all expenses can be kept and tracked in one place.&lt;br /&gt;
When they hit &amp;quot;upload receipt,&amp;quot; the app will open up the camera to take a picture of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:4Upload Receipt.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be able to start the working day, the technicians will need to upload the necessary daily documents. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:6Daily Docs Alert.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They will need to do so by clicking on the camera button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:5Daily Docs.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After completing all of the necessary documents, an alert will pop-up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7Daily Docs Completion.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By clicking on the job, the user can see the details of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:8Job detail.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a technician clicks on &amp;quot;start,&amp;quot; the system will send an email to the customer and to the owner of the opportunity to notify them the repair is in process. The system also allows Headquarters to track progress using a live feed regarding the job progression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:9Start Job.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:9Start job 2.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After confirming the operation, the system will also remind the technicians to log out from their vehicles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:10Driver Logout.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Technicians can see all details regarding the job, see the surveyor's notes, and call either the owner or the surveyor. Using buttons, they can&lt;br /&gt;
* Navigate to the pothole&lt;br /&gt;
* Take a picture after fixing the damage&lt;br /&gt;
* Reschedule the item if they could not finish it at that time due to unexpected reasons.&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the screen, there are more options to either add a new repair, reschedule the job or view the map.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:11Inside thejob details.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When clocking on 'Take Pic' button, it will let you select to open the camera, or select a picture from the gallery.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:12Take Picture.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After taking the picture, the system will open a window to set the number of TRs needed to fix the pothole and specify the type of repair they performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:13Set TRs.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process to add further repairs is very similar: Technicians need to click &amp;quot;add new,&amp;quot; take a picture of the damage, set the estimated amount of TRs to be used, and set the location of the pothole. After they have added all the new additional repairs and clicked on &amp;quot;finish,&amp;quot; the system will notify the account manager to get approvals. If approved, the technicians should fix those additionals repairs before leaving the property.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:14Additional repairs.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After they have completed all the items within the dispatch, they will automatically be redirected to this screen to add the last notes for the dispatch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:15Ending notes.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the job is complete, they can finally close the dispatch and confirm completion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:16End job.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now that the technicians are done, the app will prevent them from logging into their vehicle before driving to the next property.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Quick Access=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[RPH]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lead]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Accounts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Contacts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Opportunity]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Dispatch]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Invoices and Payroll]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[External Portals]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Back-end Processes]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=Mobile_applications&amp;diff=1205</id>
		<title>Mobile applications</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=Mobile_applications&amp;diff=1205"/>
		<updated>2023-01-30T14:43:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: /* New Tech App */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Lead generator=&lt;br /&gt;
External users, who are limited to using some parts of the CRM through special configuration, can use the Lead Generator application to generate or retrieve new customers' information. Fully linked to Google, the app is easy to log into and provides geolocation services.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Hunters,'' through a license granted to them by the company, can search for new clients. They look for new potholes, register them in the system using the application, and receive payment for each successful client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each time a hunter creates a Lead, they get an email notification to keep track of all records they have created. Pothole Repairs runs weekly reports to verify the number of leads and conversions made by our hunters, for which they are paid.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Very similar to the RPH creation process of the CRM, the app has a ''wizard'' that guides the user step by step to avoid skipping any actions. Please find below a series of images showing each section with brief descriptions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Portada.png|500px|thumb|centre|App Portrait Picture]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The users can access more options by clicking on the sandwich menu at the top left corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu.png|500px|thumb|centre|Menu]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before creating a new lead, the app will connect to the GPS to automatically geolocate the potholes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Start.png|500px|thumb|centre|Conecting to GPS]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the app cannot retrieve the location automatically, then the user will manually set it by dragging the pin to the actual location.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Set location.png|500px|thumb|centre|Set PH damage location]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the location is determined, the user can take two pictures&lt;br /&gt;
* the pothole image&lt;br /&gt;
* a picture of the entrance or commercial sign with the company's information to easily identify or match the pothole to the site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:4 LG.png|500px|thumb|center|Confirm Location]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After taking the pictures, the app will ask to provide a company name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:5.png|500px|thumb|center|Provide company name]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And it will also ask to provide more information and a leasing name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:6Leasing.png|500px|thumb|center|Leasing pic]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, the user verifies all information and clicks on &amp;quot;create it.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7Create Lead.png|500px|thumb|center|Create Lead]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The user has successfully created the new Lead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:8Lead Saved.png|500px|thumb|center|Lead Saved]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Proposal Maker=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Proposal Maker app works on the same concept as the Lead Generator App, using a ''wizard'' to guide the user step by step and avoid missing or skipping information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The slight difference between them is that surveyors use this app to assess the damage and provide quotes and job requirements to fix the potholes in a property, such as size, amount of TRs, type of work and tools needed, etc. Surveyors use their access to see all the activities assigned to them, including the property type to visit and directions to do so. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The series of images below display each section with brief descriptions &lt;br /&gt;
Below is the main screen where the surveyors can see all assigned activities and filter them by date. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-1.png|500px|thumb|center|Main Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can access more options by hitting the sandwich menu at the top left corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20220805-054001 Proposal Maker.jpg|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each task, they can directly contact the customer and the opportunity owner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-3.png|500px|thumb|center|Send an e-mail to the customer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-2.png|500px|thumb|center|Call the customer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-4.png|500px|thumb|center|Call opp owner]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can see more information about the opportunity, use the GPS to navigate the property, or complete the opportunity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-5.png|500px|thumb|center|See more info]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-6.png|500px|thumb|center|Navigate to property]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-7.png|500px|thumb|center|Complete Opp]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-8.png|500px|thumb|center|Complete Opp]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If needed, the surveyors can also add more repairs, PH damage, or External Damage where the damage needs to be repaired by one of our partners.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-9.png|500px|thumb|center|Add more repairs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If they were to add more repairs, they first need to take a ''before picture'' of the damage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-10.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After taking the picture, they have to set the estimated amount of TRs (Thermal Repairs) they think will be needed to fix that damage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-11.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the next step, the surveyor has to set the specific pothole location, the more accurate, the better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-12.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-13.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then they must specify whether the technicians will need to take any extra tools or materials, and finally add notes to the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-14.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, once they have closed it, the system will ask the technician to confirm having read the task notes, add notes to the opportunity, and finish the task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-15.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-16.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-17.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The other option is to add or create an External Proposal for our partners. When the surveyor clicks on &amp;quot;External Damage,&amp;quot; the app will show a pop-up window asking confirmation to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-18.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The surveyor must upload a picture of the damage before choosing the product or required type of work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-19.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, the wizard will ask the surveyor to add any notes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-20.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And a pop-up window will ask for confirmation to close the proposal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-21.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=E-Technician=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our technicians use this app for two main purposes: &lt;br /&gt;
* To check-in, to upload their time card, the truck inspection, and inventory. &lt;br /&gt;
* To access all jobs, dispatches, and surveys assigned to them&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This application is solely for our employees' use and not for external users. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the main screen, our technicians can view both the Dispatches and Surveys assigned.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:3Main Menu.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can access more options by hitting the sandwich menu at the top left corner. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-104203 eTechnician.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;upload receipt&amp;quot; option allows them to upload any bill or expense they might have as part of their duties; this way, all expenses can be kept and tracked in one place.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When they hit &amp;quot;upload receipt,&amp;quot; the app will open up the camera to take a picture of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-104209 eTechnician.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the technicians enter the application to see either a dispatch or survey, they can get a job preview showing all the work to do and the amount of TRs per damage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-104238 eTechnician.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-104231 eTechnician.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before starting a job, the app will prevent the users from completing the daily inspections (check-in), explained in the [[dispatch]] section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-104242 eTechnician.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the daily inspections are completed, the system will allow them to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a technician clicks on &amp;quot;start,&amp;quot; the system will send an email to the customer and to the owner of the opportunity to notify them the repair is in process. The system also allows Headquarters to track progress using a live feed regarding the job progression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-104330 eTechnician.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-105915 eTechnician.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After confirming the operation, the system will also remind the technicians to log out from their vehicles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-105924 eTechnician.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Technicians can see all details regarding the job, see the surveyor's notes, and call either the owner or the surveyor. Using buttons, they can&lt;br /&gt;
* Navigate to the pothole&lt;br /&gt;
* Take a picture after fixing the damage&lt;br /&gt;
* Reschedule the item if they could not finish it at that time due to unexpected reasons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-105929 eTechnician.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After taking the picture, the system will open a window and set the number of TRs needed to fix the pothole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-105946 eTechnician.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They have to specify the type of repair they performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110002 eTechnician.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please find an example of the view they get after completing the task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110008 eTechnician.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the screen, there are more options to either add a new repair, reschedule the job or view the map.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110011 eTechnician.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process to add further repairs is very similar: Technicians need to click &amp;quot;add new,&amp;quot; take a picture of the damage, set the estimated amount of TRs to be used, and set the location of the pothole. After they have added all the new additional repairs and clicked on &amp;quot;finish,&amp;quot; the system will notify the account manager to get approvals. If approved, the technicians should fix those additionals repairs before leaving the property.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110019 eTechnician.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110034 eTechnician.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110044 eTechnician.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110051 eTechnician.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After they have completed all the items within the dispatch, they will automatically be redirected to this screen to add the last notes for the dispatch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110255 eTechnician.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the job is complete, they can finally close the dispatch and confirm completion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110257 eTechnician.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now that the technicians are done, the app will prevent them from logging into their vehicle before driving to the next property.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110300 eTechnician.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=New Tech App=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our technicians use this app for two main purposes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To check-in, to upload their time card, the truck inspection, and inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
To access all jobs, dispatches, and surveys assigned to them&lt;br /&gt;
This application is solely for our employees' use and not for external users.&lt;br /&gt;
(IMAGEN 1)&lt;br /&gt;
From the main screen, our technicians can view both the Dispatches and Surveys assigned.&lt;br /&gt;
(IMAGEN 2)&lt;br /&gt;
They can access more options by hitting the sandwich menu at the top left corner. &lt;br /&gt;
(IMAGEN 3)&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;upload receipt&amp;quot; option allows them to upload any bill or expense they might have as part of their duties; this way, all expenses can be kept and tracked in one place.&lt;br /&gt;
When they hit &amp;quot;upload receipt,&amp;quot; the app will open up the camera to take a picture of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:4Upload Receipt.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be able to start the working day, the technicians will need to upload the necessary daily documents. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:6Daily Docs Alert.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They will need to do so by clicking on the camera button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:5Daily Docs.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After completing all of the necessary documents, an alert will pop-up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7Daily Docs Completion.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By clicking on the job, the user can see the details of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:8Job detail.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a technician clicks on &amp;quot;start,&amp;quot; the system will send an email to the customer and to the owner of the opportunity to notify them the repair is in process. The system also allows Headquarters to track progress using a live feed regarding the job progression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:9Start Job.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:9Start job 2.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After confirming the operation, the system will also remind the technicians to log out from their vehicles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:10Driver Logout.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Technicians can see all details regarding the job, see the surveyor's notes, and call either the owner or the surveyor. Using buttons, they can&lt;br /&gt;
* Navigate to the pothole&lt;br /&gt;
* Take a picture after fixing the damage&lt;br /&gt;
* Reschedule the item if they could not finish it at that time due to unexpected reasons.&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the screen, there are more options to either add a new repair, reschedule the job or view the map.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:11Inside thejob details.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When clocking on 'Take Pic' button, it will let you select to open the camera, or select a picture from the gallery.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:12Take Picture.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After taking the picture, the system will open a window to set the number of TRs needed to fix the pothole and specify the type of repair they performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:13Set TRs.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process to add further repairs is very similar: Technicians need to click &amp;quot;add new,&amp;quot; take a picture of the damage, set the estimated amount of TRs to be used, and set the location of the pothole. After they have added all the new additional repairs and clicked on &amp;quot;finish,&amp;quot; the system will notify the account manager to get approvals. If approved, the technicians should fix those additionals repairs before leaving the property.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:14Additional repairs.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After they have completed all the items within the dispatch, they will automatically be redirected to this screen to add the last notes for the dispatch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:15Ending notes.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the job is complete, they can finally close the dispatch and confirm completion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:16End job.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now that the technicians are done, the app will prevent them from logging into their vehicle before driving to the next property.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Quick Access=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[RPH]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lead]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Accounts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Contacts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Opportunity]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Dispatch]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Invoices and Payroll]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[External Portals]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Back-end Processes]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=Mobile_applications&amp;diff=1204</id>
		<title>Mobile applications</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=Mobile_applications&amp;diff=1204"/>
		<updated>2023-01-30T14:40:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: /* E-Technician */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Lead generator=&lt;br /&gt;
External users, who are limited to using some parts of the CRM through special configuration, can use the Lead Generator application to generate or retrieve new customers' information. Fully linked to Google, the app is easy to log into and provides geolocation services.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Hunters,'' through a license granted to them by the company, can search for new clients. They look for new potholes, register them in the system using the application, and receive payment for each successful client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each time a hunter creates a Lead, they get an email notification to keep track of all records they have created. Pothole Repairs runs weekly reports to verify the number of leads and conversions made by our hunters, for which they are paid.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Very similar to the RPH creation process of the CRM, the app has a ''wizard'' that guides the user step by step to avoid skipping any actions. Please find below a series of images showing each section with brief descriptions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Portada.png|500px|thumb|centre|App Portrait Picture]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The users can access more options by clicking on the sandwich menu at the top left corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu.png|500px|thumb|centre|Menu]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before creating a new lead, the app will connect to the GPS to automatically geolocate the potholes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Start.png|500px|thumb|centre|Conecting to GPS]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the app cannot retrieve the location automatically, then the user will manually set it by dragging the pin to the actual location.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Set location.png|500px|thumb|centre|Set PH damage location]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the location is determined, the user can take two pictures&lt;br /&gt;
* the pothole image&lt;br /&gt;
* a picture of the entrance or commercial sign with the company's information to easily identify or match the pothole to the site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:4 LG.png|500px|thumb|center|Confirm Location]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After taking the pictures, the app will ask to provide a company name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:5.png|500px|thumb|center|Provide company name]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And it will also ask to provide more information and a leasing name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:6Leasing.png|500px|thumb|center|Leasing pic]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, the user verifies all information and clicks on &amp;quot;create it.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7Create Lead.png|500px|thumb|center|Create Lead]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The user has successfully created the new Lead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:8Lead Saved.png|500px|thumb|center|Lead Saved]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Proposal Maker=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Proposal Maker app works on the same concept as the Lead Generator App, using a ''wizard'' to guide the user step by step and avoid missing or skipping information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The slight difference between them is that surveyors use this app to assess the damage and provide quotes and job requirements to fix the potholes in a property, such as size, amount of TRs, type of work and tools needed, etc. Surveyors use their access to see all the activities assigned to them, including the property type to visit and directions to do so. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The series of images below display each section with brief descriptions &lt;br /&gt;
Below is the main screen where the surveyors can see all assigned activities and filter them by date. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-1.png|500px|thumb|center|Main Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can access more options by hitting the sandwich menu at the top left corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20220805-054001 Proposal Maker.jpg|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each task, they can directly contact the customer and the opportunity owner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-3.png|500px|thumb|center|Send an e-mail to the customer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-2.png|500px|thumb|center|Call the customer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-4.png|500px|thumb|center|Call opp owner]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can see more information about the opportunity, use the GPS to navigate the property, or complete the opportunity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-5.png|500px|thumb|center|See more info]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-6.png|500px|thumb|center|Navigate to property]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-7.png|500px|thumb|center|Complete Opp]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-8.png|500px|thumb|center|Complete Opp]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If needed, the surveyors can also add more repairs, PH damage, or External Damage where the damage needs to be repaired by one of our partners.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-9.png|500px|thumb|center|Add more repairs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If they were to add more repairs, they first need to take a ''before picture'' of the damage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-10.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After taking the picture, they have to set the estimated amount of TRs (Thermal Repairs) they think will be needed to fix that damage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-11.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the next step, the surveyor has to set the specific pothole location, the more accurate, the better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-12.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-13.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then they must specify whether the technicians will need to take any extra tools or materials, and finally add notes to the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-14.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, once they have closed it, the system will ask the technician to confirm having read the task notes, add notes to the opportunity, and finish the task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-15.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-16.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-17.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The other option is to add or create an External Proposal for our partners. When the surveyor clicks on &amp;quot;External Damage,&amp;quot; the app will show a pop-up window asking confirmation to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-18.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The surveyor must upload a picture of the damage before choosing the product or required type of work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-19.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, the wizard will ask the surveyor to add any notes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-20.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And a pop-up window will ask for confirmation to close the proposal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-21.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=E-Technician=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our technicians use this app for two main purposes: &lt;br /&gt;
* To check-in, to upload their time card, the truck inspection, and inventory. &lt;br /&gt;
* To access all jobs, dispatches, and surveys assigned to them&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This application is solely for our employees' use and not for external users. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the main screen, our technicians can view both the Dispatches and Surveys assigned.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:3Main Menu.png|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can access more options by hitting the sandwich menu at the top left corner. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-104203 eTechnician.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;upload receipt&amp;quot; option allows them to upload any bill or expense they might have as part of their duties; this way, all expenses can be kept and tracked in one place.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When they hit &amp;quot;upload receipt,&amp;quot; the app will open up the camera to take a picture of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-104209 eTechnician.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the technicians enter the application to see either a dispatch or survey, they can get a job preview showing all the work to do and the amount of TRs per damage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-104238 eTechnician.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-104231 eTechnician.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before starting a job, the app will prevent the users from completing the daily inspections (check-in), explained in the [[dispatch]] section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-104242 eTechnician.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the daily inspections are completed, the system will allow them to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a technician clicks on &amp;quot;start,&amp;quot; the system will send an email to the customer and to the owner of the opportunity to notify them the repair is in process. The system also allows Headquarters to track progress using a live feed regarding the job progression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-104330 eTechnician.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-105915 eTechnician.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After confirming the operation, the system will also remind the technicians to log out from their vehicles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-105924 eTechnician.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Technicians can see all details regarding the job, see the surveyor's notes, and call either the owner or the surveyor. Using buttons, they can&lt;br /&gt;
* Navigate to the pothole&lt;br /&gt;
* Take a picture after fixing the damage&lt;br /&gt;
* Reschedule the item if they could not finish it at that time due to unexpected reasons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-105929 eTechnician.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After taking the picture, the system will open a window and set the number of TRs needed to fix the pothole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-105946 eTechnician.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They have to specify the type of repair they performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110002 eTechnician.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please find an example of the view they get after completing the task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110008 eTechnician.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the screen, there are more options to either add a new repair, reschedule the job or view the map.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110011 eTechnician.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process to add further repairs is very similar: Technicians need to click &amp;quot;add new,&amp;quot; take a picture of the damage, set the estimated amount of TRs to be used, and set the location of the pothole. After they have added all the new additional repairs and clicked on &amp;quot;finish,&amp;quot; the system will notify the account manager to get approvals. If approved, the technicians should fix those additionals repairs before leaving the property.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110019 eTechnician.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110034 eTechnician.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110044 eTechnician.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110051 eTechnician.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After they have completed all the items within the dispatch, they will automatically be redirected to this screen to add the last notes for the dispatch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110255 eTechnician.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the job is complete, they can finally close the dispatch and confirm completion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110257 eTechnician.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now that the technicians are done, the app will prevent them from logging into their vehicle before driving to the next property.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110300 eTechnician.jpg|250px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=New Tech App=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our technicians use this app for two main purposes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To check-in, to upload their time card, the truck inspection, and inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
To access all jobs, dispatches, and surveys assigned to them&lt;br /&gt;
This application is solely for our employees' use and not for external users.&lt;br /&gt;
(IMAGEN 1)&lt;br /&gt;
From the main screen, our technicians can view both the Dispatches and Surveys assigned.&lt;br /&gt;
(IMAGEN 2)&lt;br /&gt;
They can access more options by hitting the sandwich menu at the top left corner. &lt;br /&gt;
(IMAGEN 3)&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;upload receipt&amp;quot; option allows them to upload any bill or expense they might have as part of their duties; this way, all expenses can be kept and tracked in one place.&lt;br /&gt;
When they hit &amp;quot;upload receipt,&amp;quot; the app will open up the camera to take a picture of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:4Upload Receipt.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be able to start the working day, the technicians will need to upload the necessary daily documents. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:6Daily Docs Alert.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They will need to do so by clicking on the camera button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:5Daily Docs.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After completing all of the necessary documents, an alert will pop-up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7Daily Docs Completion.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By clicking on the job, the user can see the details of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:8Job detail.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a technician clicks on &amp;quot;start,&amp;quot; the system will send an email to the customer and to the owner of the opportunity to notify them the repair is in process. The system also allows Headquarters to track progress using a live feed regarding the job progression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:9Start Job.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:9Start job 2.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After confirming the operation, the system will also remind the technicians to log out from their vehicles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:10Driver Logout.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Technicians can see all details regarding the job, see the surveyor's notes, and call either the owner or the surveyor. Using buttons, they can&lt;br /&gt;
* Navigate to the pothole&lt;br /&gt;
* Take a picture after fixing the damage&lt;br /&gt;
* Reschedule the item if they could not finish it at that time due to unexpected reasons.&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the screen, there are more options to either add a new repair, reschedule the job or view the map.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:11Inside thejob details.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When clocking on 'Take Pic' button, it will let you select to open the camera, or select a picture from the gallery.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:12Take Picture.jpg|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After taking the picture, the system will open a window to set the number of TRs needed to fix the pothole and specify the type of repair they performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:13Set TRs.jpg|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process to add further repairs is very similar: Technicians need to click &amp;quot;add new,&amp;quot; take a picture of the damage, set the estimated amount of TRs to be used, and set the location of the pothole. After they have added all the new additional repairs and clicked on &amp;quot;finish,&amp;quot; the system will notify the account manager to get approvals. If approved, the technicians should fix those additionals repairs before leaving the property.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:14Additional repairs.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After they have completed all the items within the dispatch, they will automatically be redirected to this screen to add the last notes for the dispatch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:15Ending notes.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the job is complete, they can finally close the dispatch and confirm completion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:16End job.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now that the technicians are done, the app will prevent them from logging into their vehicle before driving to the next property.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Quick Access=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[RPH]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lead]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Accounts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Contacts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Opportunity]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Dispatch]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Invoices and Payroll]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[External Portals]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Back-end Processes]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=Mobile_applications&amp;diff=1203</id>
		<title>Mobile applications</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=Mobile_applications&amp;diff=1203"/>
		<updated>2023-01-13T20:44:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: /* New Tech App */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Lead generator=&lt;br /&gt;
External users, who are limited to using some parts of the CRM through special configuration, can use the Lead Generator application to generate or retrieve new customers' information. Fully linked to Google, the app is easy to log into and provides geolocation services.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Hunters,'' through a license granted to them by the company, can search for new clients. They look for new potholes, register them in the system using the application, and receive payment for each successful client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each time a hunter creates a Lead, they get an email notification to keep track of all records they have created. Pothole Repairs runs weekly reports to verify the number of leads and conversions made by our hunters, for which they are paid.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Very similar to the RPH creation process of the CRM, the app has a ''wizard'' that guides the user step by step to avoid skipping any actions. Please find below a series of images showing each section with brief descriptions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Portada.png|500px|thumb|centre|App Portrait Picture]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The users can access more options by clicking on the sandwich menu at the top left corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu.png|500px|thumb|centre|Menu]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before creating a new lead, the app will connect to the GPS to automatically geolocate the potholes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Start.png|500px|thumb|centre|Conecting to GPS]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the app cannot retrieve the location automatically, then the user will manually set it by dragging the pin to the actual location.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Set location.png|500px|thumb|centre|Set PH damage location]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the location is determined, the user can take two pictures&lt;br /&gt;
* the pothole image&lt;br /&gt;
* a picture of the entrance or commercial sign with the company's information to easily identify or match the pothole to the site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:4 LG.png|500px|thumb|center|Confirm Location]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After taking the pictures, the app will ask to provide a company name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:5.png|500px|thumb|center|Provide company name]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And it will also ask to provide more information and a leasing name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:6Leasing.png|500px|thumb|center|Leasing pic]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, the user verifies all information and clicks on &amp;quot;create it.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7Create Lead.png|500px|thumb|center|Create Lead]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The user has successfully created the new Lead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:8Lead Saved.png|500px|thumb|center|Lead Saved]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Proposal Maker=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Proposal Maker app works on the same concept as the Lead Generator App, using a ''wizard'' to guide the user step by step and avoid missing or skipping information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The slight difference between them is that surveyors use this app to assess the damage and provide quotes and job requirements to fix the potholes in a property, such as size, amount of TRs, type of work and tools needed, etc. Surveyors use their access to see all the activities assigned to them, including the property type to visit and directions to do so. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The series of images below display each section with brief descriptions &lt;br /&gt;
Below is the main screen where the surveyors can see all assigned activities and filter them by date. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-1.png|500px|thumb|center|Main Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can access more options by hitting the sandwich menu at the top left corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20220805-054001 Proposal Maker.jpg|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each task, they can directly contact the customer and the opportunity owner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-3.png|500px|thumb|center|Send an e-mail to the customer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-2.png|500px|thumb|center|Call the customer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-4.png|500px|thumb|center|Call opp owner]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can see more information about the opportunity, use the GPS to navigate the property, or complete the opportunity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-5.png|500px|thumb|center|See more info]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-6.png|500px|thumb|center|Navigate to property]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-7.png|500px|thumb|center|Complete Opp]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-8.png|500px|thumb|center|Complete Opp]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If needed, the surveyors can also add more repairs, PH damage, or External Damage where the damage needs to be repaired by one of our partners.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-9.png|500px|thumb|center|Add more repairs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If they were to add more repairs, they first need to take a ''before picture'' of the damage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-10.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After taking the picture, they have to set the estimated amount of TRs (Thermal Repairs) they think will be needed to fix that damage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-11.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the next step, the surveyor has to set the specific pothole location, the more accurate, the better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-12.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-13.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then they must specify whether the technicians will need to take any extra tools or materials, and finally add notes to the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-14.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, once they have closed it, the system will ask the technician to confirm having read the task notes, add notes to the opportunity, and finish the task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-15.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-16.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-17.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The other option is to add or create an External Proposal for our partners. When the surveyor clicks on &amp;quot;External Damage,&amp;quot; the app will show a pop-up window asking confirmation to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-18.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The surveyor must upload a picture of the damage before choosing the product or required type of work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-19.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, the wizard will ask the surveyor to add any notes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-20.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And a pop-up window will ask for confirmation to close the proposal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-21.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=E-Technician=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our technicians use this app for two main purposes: &lt;br /&gt;
* To check-in, to upload their time card, the truck inspection, and inventory. &lt;br /&gt;
* To access all jobs, dispatches, and surveys assigned to them&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This application is solely for our employees' use and not for external users. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the main screen, our technicians can view both the Dispatches and Surveys assigned.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:3Main Menu.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can access more options by hitting the sandwich menu at the top left corner. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-104203 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;upload receipt&amp;quot; option allows them to upload any bill or expense they might have as part of their duties; this way, all expenses can be kept and tracked in one place.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When they hit &amp;quot;upload receipt,&amp;quot; the app will open up the camera to take a picture of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-104209 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the technicians enter the application to see either a dispatch or survey, they can get a job preview showing all the work to do and the amount of TRs per damage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-104238 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-104231 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before starting a job, the app will prevent the users from completing the daily inspections (check-in), explained in the [[dispatch]] section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-104242 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the daily inspections are completed, the system will allow them to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a technician clicks on &amp;quot;start,&amp;quot; the system will send an email to the customer and to the owner of the opportunity to notify them the repair is in process. The system also allows Headquarters to track progress using a live feed regarding the job progression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-104330 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-105915 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After confirming the operation, the system will also remind the technicians to log out from their vehicles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-105924 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Technicians can see all details regarding the job, see the surveyor's notes, and call either the owner or the surveyor. Using buttons, they can&lt;br /&gt;
* Navigate to the pothole&lt;br /&gt;
* Take a picture after fixing the damage&lt;br /&gt;
* Reschedule the item if they could not finish it at that time due to unexpected reasons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-105929 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After taking the picture, the system will open a window and set the number of TRs needed to fix the pothole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-105946 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They have to specify the type of repair they performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110002 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please find an example of the view they get after completing the task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110008 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the screen, there are more options to either add a new repair, reschedule the job or view the map.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110011 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process to add further repairs is very similar: Technicians need to click &amp;quot;add new,&amp;quot; take a picture of the damage, set the estimated amount of TRs to be used, and set the location of the pothole. After they have added all the new additional repairs and clicked on &amp;quot;finish,&amp;quot; the system will notify the account manager to get approvals. If approved, the technicians should fix those additionals repairs before leaving the property.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110019 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110034 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110044 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110051 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After they have completed all the items within the dispatch, they will automatically be redirected to this screen to add the last notes for the dispatch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110255 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the job is complete, they can finally close the dispatch and confirm completion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110257 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now that the technicians are done, the app will prevent them from logging into their vehicle before driving to the next property.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110300 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=New Tech App=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our technicians use this app for two main purposes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To check-in, to upload their time card, the truck inspection, and inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
To access all jobs, dispatches, and surveys assigned to them&lt;br /&gt;
This application is solely for our employees' use and not for external users.&lt;br /&gt;
(IMAGEN 1)&lt;br /&gt;
From the main screen, our technicians can view both the Dispatches and Surveys assigned.&lt;br /&gt;
(IMAGEN 2)&lt;br /&gt;
They can access more options by hitting the sandwich menu at the top left corner. &lt;br /&gt;
(IMAGEN 3)&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;upload receipt&amp;quot; option allows them to upload any bill or expense they might have as part of their duties; this way, all expenses can be kept and tracked in one place.&lt;br /&gt;
When they hit &amp;quot;upload receipt,&amp;quot; the app will open up the camera to take a picture of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:4Upload Receipt.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be able to start the working day, the technicians will need to upload the necessary daily documents. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:6Daily Docs Alert.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They will need to do so by clicking on the camera button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:5Daily Docs.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After completing all of the necessary documents, an alert will pop-up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7Daily Docs Completion.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By clicking on the job, the user can see the details of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:8Job detail.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a technician clicks on &amp;quot;start,&amp;quot; the system will send an email to the customer and to the owner of the opportunity to notify them the repair is in process. The system also allows Headquarters to track progress using a live feed regarding the job progression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:9Start Job.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:9Start job 2.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After confirming the operation, the system will also remind the technicians to log out from their vehicles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:10Driver Logout.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Technicians can see all details regarding the job, see the surveyor's notes, and call either the owner or the surveyor. Using buttons, they can&lt;br /&gt;
* Navigate to the pothole&lt;br /&gt;
* Take a picture after fixing the damage&lt;br /&gt;
* Reschedule the item if they could not finish it at that time due to unexpected reasons.&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the screen, there are more options to either add a new repair, reschedule the job or view the map.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:11Inside thejob details.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When clocking on 'Take Pic' button, it will let you select to open the camera, or select a picture from the gallery.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:12Take Picture.jpg|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After taking the picture, the system will open a window to set the number of TRs needed to fix the pothole and specify the type of repair they performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:13Set TRs.jpg|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process to add further repairs is very similar: Technicians need to click &amp;quot;add new,&amp;quot; take a picture of the damage, set the estimated amount of TRs to be used, and set the location of the pothole. After they have added all the new additional repairs and clicked on &amp;quot;finish,&amp;quot; the system will notify the account manager to get approvals. If approved, the technicians should fix those additionals repairs before leaving the property.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:14Additional repairs.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After they have completed all the items within the dispatch, they will automatically be redirected to this screen to add the last notes for the dispatch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:15Ending notes.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the job is complete, they can finally close the dispatch and confirm completion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:16End job.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now that the technicians are done, the app will prevent them from logging into their vehicle before driving to the next property.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Quick Access=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[RPH]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lead]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Accounts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Contacts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Opportunity]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Dispatch]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Invoices and Payroll]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[External Portals]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Back-end Processes]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=File:16End_job.png&amp;diff=1202</id>
		<title>File:16End job.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=File:16End_job.png&amp;diff=1202"/>
		<updated>2023-01-13T20:44:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;end job&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=File:15Ending_notes.png&amp;diff=1201</id>
		<title>File:15Ending notes.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=File:15Ending_notes.png&amp;diff=1201"/>
		<updated>2023-01-13T20:43:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;ending notes&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=File:14Additional_repairs.png&amp;diff=1200</id>
		<title>File:14Additional repairs.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=File:14Additional_repairs.png&amp;diff=1200"/>
		<updated>2023-01-13T20:42:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;additional repairs&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=File:13Set_TRs.jpg&amp;diff=1199</id>
		<title>File:13Set TRs.jpg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=File:13Set_TRs.jpg&amp;diff=1199"/>
		<updated>2023-01-13T20:38:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;set tr amount&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=File:12Take_Picture.jpg&amp;diff=1198</id>
		<title>File:12Take Picture.jpg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=File:12Take_Picture.jpg&amp;diff=1198"/>
		<updated>2023-01-13T20:38:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;take pic&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=File:9Start_job_2.png&amp;diff=1197</id>
		<title>File:9Start job 2.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=File:9Start_job_2.png&amp;diff=1197"/>
		<updated>2023-01-13T19:58:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;sart job 2&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=File:11Inside_thejob_details.png&amp;diff=1196</id>
		<title>File:11Inside thejob details.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=File:11Inside_thejob_details.png&amp;diff=1196"/>
		<updated>2023-01-13T19:56:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;inside the job details&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=File:10Driver_Logout.png&amp;diff=1195</id>
		<title>File:10Driver Logout.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=File:10Driver_Logout.png&amp;diff=1195"/>
		<updated>2023-01-13T19:54:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;driver logout&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=File:9Start_Job.png&amp;diff=1194</id>
		<title>File:9Start Job.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=File:9Start_Job.png&amp;diff=1194"/>
		<updated>2023-01-13T19:53:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;start job&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=File:8Job_detail.png&amp;diff=1193</id>
		<title>File:8Job detail.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=File:8Job_detail.png&amp;diff=1193"/>
		<updated>2023-01-13T19:51:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;job detail&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=File:7Daily_Docs_Completion.png&amp;diff=1192</id>
		<title>File:7Daily Docs Completion.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=File:7Daily_Docs_Completion.png&amp;diff=1192"/>
		<updated>2023-01-13T19:45:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;daily doc completion&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=File:6Daily_Docs_Alert.png&amp;diff=1191</id>
		<title>File:6Daily Docs Alert.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=File:6Daily_Docs_Alert.png&amp;diff=1191"/>
		<updated>2023-01-13T19:43:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;daily doc alert&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=File:5Daily_Docs.png&amp;diff=1190</id>
		<title>File:5Daily Docs.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=File:5Daily_Docs.png&amp;diff=1190"/>
		<updated>2023-01-13T19:30:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;daily docs&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=Mobile_applications&amp;diff=1189</id>
		<title>Mobile applications</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=Mobile_applications&amp;diff=1189"/>
		<updated>2023-01-13T16:48:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: /* New Tech App */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Lead generator=&lt;br /&gt;
External users, who are limited to using some parts of the CRM through special configuration, can use the Lead Generator application to generate or retrieve new customers' information. Fully linked to Google, the app is easy to log into and provides geolocation services.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Hunters,'' through a license granted to them by the company, can search for new clients. They look for new potholes, register them in the system using the application, and receive payment for each successful client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each time a hunter creates a Lead, they get an email notification to keep track of all records they have created. Pothole Repairs runs weekly reports to verify the number of leads and conversions made by our hunters, for which they are paid.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Very similar to the RPH creation process of the CRM, the app has a ''wizard'' that guides the user step by step to avoid skipping any actions. Please find below a series of images showing each section with brief descriptions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Portada.png|500px|thumb|centre|App Portrait Picture]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The users can access more options by clicking on the sandwich menu at the top left corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu.png|500px|thumb|centre|Menu]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before creating a new lead, the app will connect to the GPS to automatically geolocate the potholes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Start.png|500px|thumb|centre|Conecting to GPS]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the app cannot retrieve the location automatically, then the user will manually set it by dragging the pin to the actual location.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Set location.png|500px|thumb|centre|Set PH damage location]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the location is determined, the user can take two pictures&lt;br /&gt;
* the pothole image&lt;br /&gt;
* a picture of the entrance or commercial sign with the company's information to easily identify or match the pothole to the site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:4 LG.png|500px|thumb|center|Confirm Location]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After taking the pictures, the app will ask to provide a company name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:5.png|500px|thumb|center|Provide company name]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And it will also ask to provide more information and a leasing name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:6Leasing.png|500px|thumb|center|Leasing pic]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, the user verifies all information and clicks on &amp;quot;create it.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7Create Lead.png|500px|thumb|center|Create Lead]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The user has successfully created the new Lead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:8Lead Saved.png|500px|thumb|center|Lead Saved]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Proposal Maker=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Proposal Maker app works on the same concept as the Lead Generator App, using a ''wizard'' to guide the user step by step and avoid missing or skipping information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The slight difference between them is that surveyors use this app to assess the damage and provide quotes and job requirements to fix the potholes in a property, such as size, amount of TRs, type of work and tools needed, etc. Surveyors use their access to see all the activities assigned to them, including the property type to visit and directions to do so. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The series of images below display each section with brief descriptions &lt;br /&gt;
Below is the main screen where the surveyors can see all assigned activities and filter them by date. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-1.png|500px|thumb|center|Main Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can access more options by hitting the sandwich menu at the top left corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20220805-054001 Proposal Maker.jpg|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each task, they can directly contact the customer and the opportunity owner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-3.png|500px|thumb|center|Send an e-mail to the customer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-2.png|500px|thumb|center|Call the customer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-4.png|500px|thumb|center|Call opp owner]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can see more information about the opportunity, use the GPS to navigate the property, or complete the opportunity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-5.png|500px|thumb|center|See more info]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-6.png|500px|thumb|center|Navigate to property]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-7.png|500px|thumb|center|Complete Opp]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-8.png|500px|thumb|center|Complete Opp]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If needed, the surveyors can also add more repairs, PH damage, or External Damage where the damage needs to be repaired by one of our partners.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-9.png|500px|thumb|center|Add more repairs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If they were to add more repairs, they first need to take a ''before picture'' of the damage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-10.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After taking the picture, they have to set the estimated amount of TRs (Thermal Repairs) they think will be needed to fix that damage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-11.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the next step, the surveyor has to set the specific pothole location, the more accurate, the better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-12.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-13.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then they must specify whether the technicians will need to take any extra tools or materials, and finally add notes to the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-14.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, once they have closed it, the system will ask the technician to confirm having read the task notes, add notes to the opportunity, and finish the task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-15.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-16.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-17.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The other option is to add or create an External Proposal for our partners. When the surveyor clicks on &amp;quot;External Damage,&amp;quot; the app will show a pop-up window asking confirmation to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-18.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The surveyor must upload a picture of the damage before choosing the product or required type of work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-19.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, the wizard will ask the surveyor to add any notes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-20.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And a pop-up window will ask for confirmation to close the proposal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-21.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=E-Technician=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our technicians use this app for two main purposes: &lt;br /&gt;
* To check-in, to upload their time card, the truck inspection, and inventory. &lt;br /&gt;
* To access all jobs, dispatches, and surveys assigned to them&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This application is solely for our employees' use and not for external users. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the main screen, our technicians can view both the Dispatches and Surveys assigned.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:3Main Menu.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can access more options by hitting the sandwich menu at the top left corner. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-104203 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;upload receipt&amp;quot; option allows them to upload any bill or expense they might have as part of their duties; this way, all expenses can be kept and tracked in one place.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When they hit &amp;quot;upload receipt,&amp;quot; the app will open up the camera to take a picture of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-104209 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the technicians enter the application to see either a dispatch or survey, they can get a job preview showing all the work to do and the amount of TRs per damage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-104238 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-104231 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before starting a job, the app will prevent the users from completing the daily inspections (check-in), explained in the [[dispatch]] section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-104242 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the daily inspections are completed, the system will allow them to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a technician clicks on &amp;quot;start,&amp;quot; the system will send an email to the customer and to the owner of the opportunity to notify them the repair is in process. The system also allows Headquarters to track progress using a live feed regarding the job progression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-104330 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-105915 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After confirming the operation, the system will also remind the technicians to log out from their vehicles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-105924 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Technicians can see all details regarding the job, see the surveyor's notes, and call either the owner or the surveyor. Using buttons, they can&lt;br /&gt;
* Navigate to the pothole&lt;br /&gt;
* Take a picture after fixing the damage&lt;br /&gt;
* Reschedule the item if they could not finish it at that time due to unexpected reasons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-105929 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After taking the picture, the system will open a window and set the number of TRs needed to fix the pothole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-105946 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They have to specify the type of repair they performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110002 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please find an example of the view they get after completing the task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110008 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the screen, there are more options to either add a new repair, reschedule the job or view the map.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110011 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process to add further repairs is very similar: Technicians need to click &amp;quot;add new,&amp;quot; take a picture of the damage, set the estimated amount of TRs to be used, and set the location of the pothole. After they have added all the new additional repairs and clicked on &amp;quot;finish,&amp;quot; the system will notify the account manager to get approvals. If approved, the technicians should fix those additionals repairs before leaving the property.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110019 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110034 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110044 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110051 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After they have completed all the items within the dispatch, they will automatically be redirected to this screen to add the last notes for the dispatch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110255 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the job is complete, they can finally close the dispatch and confirm completion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110257 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now that the technicians are done, the app will prevent them from logging into their vehicle before driving to the next property.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110300 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=New Tech App=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our technicians use this app for two main purposes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To check-in, to upload their time card, the truck inspection, and inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
To access all jobs, dispatches, and surveys assigned to them&lt;br /&gt;
This application is solely for our employees' use and not for external users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the main screen, our technicians can view both the Dispatches and Surveys assigned.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can access more options by hitting the sandwich menu at the top left corner. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;upload receipt&amp;quot; option allows them to upload any bill or expense they might have as part of their duties; this way, all expenses can be kept and tracked in one place.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:4Upload Receipt.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When they hit &amp;quot;upload receipt,&amp;quot; the app will open up the camera to take a picture of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a technician clicks on &amp;quot;start,&amp;quot; the system will send an email to the customer and to the owner of the opportunity to notify them the repair is in process. The system also allows Headquarters to track progress using a live feed regarding the job progression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After confirming the operation, the system will also remind the technicians to log out from their vehicles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Technicians can see all details regarding the job, see the surveyor's notes, and call either the owner or the surveyor. Using buttons, they can&lt;br /&gt;
* Navigate to the pothole&lt;br /&gt;
* Take a picture after fixing the damage&lt;br /&gt;
* Reschedule the item if they could not finish it at that time due to unexpected reasons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After taking the picture, the system will open a window and set the number of TRs needed to fix the pothole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They have to specify the type of repair they performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please find an example of the view they get after completing the task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the screen, there are more options to either add a new repair, reschedule the job or view the map.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process to add further repairs is very similar: Technicians need to click &amp;quot;add new,&amp;quot; take a picture of the damage, set the estimated amount of TRs to be used, and set the location of the pothole. After they have added all the new additional repairs and clicked on &amp;quot;finish,&amp;quot; the system will notify the account manager to get approvals. If approved, the technicians should fix those additionals repairs before leaving the property.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After they have completed all the items within the dispatch, they will automatically be redirected to this screen to add the last notes for the dispatch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the job is complete, they can finally close the dispatch and confirm completion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now that the technicians are done, the app will prevent them from logging into their vehicle before driving to the next property.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Quick Access=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[RPH]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lead]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Accounts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Contacts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Opportunity]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Dispatch]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Invoices and Payroll]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[External Portals]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Back-end Processes]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=Mobile_applications&amp;diff=1188</id>
		<title>Mobile applications</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=Mobile_applications&amp;diff=1188"/>
		<updated>2023-01-13T16:47:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: /* New Tech App */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Lead generator=&lt;br /&gt;
External users, who are limited to using some parts of the CRM through special configuration, can use the Lead Generator application to generate or retrieve new customers' information. Fully linked to Google, the app is easy to log into and provides geolocation services.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Hunters,'' through a license granted to them by the company, can search for new clients. They look for new potholes, register them in the system using the application, and receive payment for each successful client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each time a hunter creates a Lead, they get an email notification to keep track of all records they have created. Pothole Repairs runs weekly reports to verify the number of leads and conversions made by our hunters, for which they are paid.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Very similar to the RPH creation process of the CRM, the app has a ''wizard'' that guides the user step by step to avoid skipping any actions. Please find below a series of images showing each section with brief descriptions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Portada.png|500px|thumb|centre|App Portrait Picture]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The users can access more options by clicking on the sandwich menu at the top left corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu.png|500px|thumb|centre|Menu]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before creating a new lead, the app will connect to the GPS to automatically geolocate the potholes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Start.png|500px|thumb|centre|Conecting to GPS]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the app cannot retrieve the location automatically, then the user will manually set it by dragging the pin to the actual location.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Set location.png|500px|thumb|centre|Set PH damage location]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the location is determined, the user can take two pictures&lt;br /&gt;
* the pothole image&lt;br /&gt;
* a picture of the entrance or commercial sign with the company's information to easily identify or match the pothole to the site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:4 LG.png|500px|thumb|center|Confirm Location]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After taking the pictures, the app will ask to provide a company name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:5.png|500px|thumb|center|Provide company name]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And it will also ask to provide more information and a leasing name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:6Leasing.png|500px|thumb|center|Leasing pic]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, the user verifies all information and clicks on &amp;quot;create it.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7Create Lead.png|500px|thumb|center|Create Lead]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The user has successfully created the new Lead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:8Lead Saved.png|500px|thumb|center|Lead Saved]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Proposal Maker=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Proposal Maker app works on the same concept as the Lead Generator App, using a ''wizard'' to guide the user step by step and avoid missing or skipping information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The slight difference between them is that surveyors use this app to assess the damage and provide quotes and job requirements to fix the potholes in a property, such as size, amount of TRs, type of work and tools needed, etc. Surveyors use their access to see all the activities assigned to them, including the property type to visit and directions to do so. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The series of images below display each section with brief descriptions &lt;br /&gt;
Below is the main screen where the surveyors can see all assigned activities and filter them by date. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-1.png|500px|thumb|center|Main Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can access more options by hitting the sandwich menu at the top left corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20220805-054001 Proposal Maker.jpg|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each task, they can directly contact the customer and the opportunity owner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-3.png|500px|thumb|center|Send an e-mail to the customer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-2.png|500px|thumb|center|Call the customer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-4.png|500px|thumb|center|Call opp owner]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can see more information about the opportunity, use the GPS to navigate the property, or complete the opportunity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-5.png|500px|thumb|center|See more info]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-6.png|500px|thumb|center|Navigate to property]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-7.png|500px|thumb|center|Complete Opp]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-8.png|500px|thumb|center|Complete Opp]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If needed, the surveyors can also add more repairs, PH damage, or External Damage where the damage needs to be repaired by one of our partners.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-9.png|500px|thumb|center|Add more repairs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If they were to add more repairs, they first need to take a ''before picture'' of the damage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-10.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After taking the picture, they have to set the estimated amount of TRs (Thermal Repairs) they think will be needed to fix that damage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-11.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the next step, the surveyor has to set the specific pothole location, the more accurate, the better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-12.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-13.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then they must specify whether the technicians will need to take any extra tools or materials, and finally add notes to the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-14.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, once they have closed it, the system will ask the technician to confirm having read the task notes, add notes to the opportunity, and finish the task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-15.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-16.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-17.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The other option is to add or create an External Proposal for our partners. When the surveyor clicks on &amp;quot;External Damage,&amp;quot; the app will show a pop-up window asking confirmation to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-18.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The surveyor must upload a picture of the damage before choosing the product or required type of work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-19.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, the wizard will ask the surveyor to add any notes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-20.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And a pop-up window will ask for confirmation to close the proposal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-21.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=E-Technician=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our technicians use this app for two main purposes: &lt;br /&gt;
* To check-in, to upload their time card, the truck inspection, and inventory. &lt;br /&gt;
* To access all jobs, dispatches, and surveys assigned to them&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This application is solely for our employees' use and not for external users. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the main screen, our technicians can view both the Dispatches and Surveys assigned.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:3Main Menu.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can access more options by hitting the sandwich menu at the top left corner. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-104203 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;upload receipt&amp;quot; option allows them to upload any bill or expense they might have as part of their duties; this way, all expenses can be kept and tracked in one place.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When they hit &amp;quot;upload receipt,&amp;quot; the app will open up the camera to take a picture of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-104209 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the technicians enter the application to see either a dispatch or survey, they can get a job preview showing all the work to do and the amount of TRs per damage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-104238 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-104231 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before starting a job, the app will prevent the users from completing the daily inspections (check-in), explained in the [[dispatch]] section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-104242 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the daily inspections are completed, the system will allow them to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a technician clicks on &amp;quot;start,&amp;quot; the system will send an email to the customer and to the owner of the opportunity to notify them the repair is in process. The system also allows Headquarters to track progress using a live feed regarding the job progression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-104330 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-105915 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After confirming the operation, the system will also remind the technicians to log out from their vehicles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-105924 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Technicians can see all details regarding the job, see the surveyor's notes, and call either the owner or the surveyor. Using buttons, they can&lt;br /&gt;
* Navigate to the pothole&lt;br /&gt;
* Take a picture after fixing the damage&lt;br /&gt;
* Reschedule the item if they could not finish it at that time due to unexpected reasons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-105929 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After taking the picture, the system will open a window and set the number of TRs needed to fix the pothole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-105946 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They have to specify the type of repair they performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110002 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please find an example of the view they get after completing the task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110008 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the screen, there are more options to either add a new repair, reschedule the job or view the map.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110011 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process to add further repairs is very similar: Technicians need to click &amp;quot;add new,&amp;quot; take a picture of the damage, set the estimated amount of TRs to be used, and set the location of the pothole. After they have added all the new additional repairs and clicked on &amp;quot;finish,&amp;quot; the system will notify the account manager to get approvals. If approved, the technicians should fix those additionals repairs before leaving the property.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110019 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110034 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110044 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110051 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After they have completed all the items within the dispatch, they will automatically be redirected to this screen to add the last notes for the dispatch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110255 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the job is complete, they can finally close the dispatch and confirm completion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110257 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now that the technicians are done, the app will prevent them from logging into their vehicle before driving to the next property.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110300 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=New Tech App=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our technicians use this app for two main purposes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To check-in, to upload their time card, the truck inspection, and inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
To access all jobs, dispatches, and surveys assigned to them&lt;br /&gt;
This application is solely for our employees' use and not for external users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the main screen, our technicians can view both the Dispatches and Surveys assigned.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can access more options by hitting the sandwich menu at the top left corner. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;upload receipt&amp;quot; option allows them to upload any bill or expense they might have as part of their duties; this way, all expenses can be kept and tracked in one place.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:4Upload Receipt.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
When they hit &amp;quot;upload receipt,&amp;quot; the app will open up the camera to take a picture of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a technician clicks on &amp;quot;start,&amp;quot; the system will send an email to the customer and to the owner of the opportunity to notify them the repair is in process. The system also allows Headquarters to track progress using a live feed regarding the job progression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After confirming the operation, the system will also remind the technicians to log out from their vehicles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Technicians can see all details regarding the job, see the surveyor's notes, and call either the owner or the surveyor. Using buttons, they can&lt;br /&gt;
* Navigate to the pothole&lt;br /&gt;
* Take a picture after fixing the damage&lt;br /&gt;
* Reschedule the item if they could not finish it at that time due to unexpected reasons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After taking the picture, the system will open a window and set the number of TRs needed to fix the pothole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They have to specify the type of repair they performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please find an example of the view they get after completing the task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the screen, there are more options to either add a new repair, reschedule the job or view the map.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process to add further repairs is very similar: Technicians need to click &amp;quot;add new,&amp;quot; take a picture of the damage, set the estimated amount of TRs to be used, and set the location of the pothole. After they have added all the new additional repairs and clicked on &amp;quot;finish,&amp;quot; the system will notify the account manager to get approvals. If approved, the technicians should fix those additionals repairs before leaving the property.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After they have completed all the items within the dispatch, they will automatically be redirected to this screen to add the last notes for the dispatch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the job is complete, they can finally close the dispatch and confirm completion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now that the technicians are done, the app will prevent them from logging into their vehicle before driving to the next property.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Quick Access=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[RPH]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lead]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Accounts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Contacts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Opportunity]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Dispatch]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Invoices and Payroll]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[External Portals]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Back-end Processes]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=File:4Upload_Receipt.png&amp;diff=1187</id>
		<title>File:4Upload Receipt.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=File:4Upload_Receipt.png&amp;diff=1187"/>
		<updated>2023-01-13T16:47:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;upload rcpt&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=Mobile_applications&amp;diff=1186</id>
		<title>Mobile applications</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=Mobile_applications&amp;diff=1186"/>
		<updated>2023-01-13T16:44:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Lead generator=&lt;br /&gt;
External users, who are limited to using some parts of the CRM through special configuration, can use the Lead Generator application to generate or retrieve new customers' information. Fully linked to Google, the app is easy to log into and provides geolocation services.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Hunters,'' through a license granted to them by the company, can search for new clients. They look for new potholes, register them in the system using the application, and receive payment for each successful client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each time a hunter creates a Lead, they get an email notification to keep track of all records they have created. Pothole Repairs runs weekly reports to verify the number of leads and conversions made by our hunters, for which they are paid.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Very similar to the RPH creation process of the CRM, the app has a ''wizard'' that guides the user step by step to avoid skipping any actions. Please find below a series of images showing each section with brief descriptions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Portada.png|500px|thumb|centre|App Portrait Picture]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The users can access more options by clicking on the sandwich menu at the top left corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu.png|500px|thumb|centre|Menu]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before creating a new lead, the app will connect to the GPS to automatically geolocate the potholes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Start.png|500px|thumb|centre|Conecting to GPS]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the app cannot retrieve the location automatically, then the user will manually set it by dragging the pin to the actual location.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Set location.png|500px|thumb|centre|Set PH damage location]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the location is determined, the user can take two pictures&lt;br /&gt;
* the pothole image&lt;br /&gt;
* a picture of the entrance or commercial sign with the company's information to easily identify or match the pothole to the site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:4 LG.png|500px|thumb|center|Confirm Location]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After taking the pictures, the app will ask to provide a company name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:5.png|500px|thumb|center|Provide company name]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And it will also ask to provide more information and a leasing name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:6Leasing.png|500px|thumb|center|Leasing pic]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, the user verifies all information and clicks on &amp;quot;create it.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7Create Lead.png|500px|thumb|center|Create Lead]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The user has successfully created the new Lead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:8Lead Saved.png|500px|thumb|center|Lead Saved]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Proposal Maker=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Proposal Maker app works on the same concept as the Lead Generator App, using a ''wizard'' to guide the user step by step and avoid missing or skipping information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The slight difference between them is that surveyors use this app to assess the damage and provide quotes and job requirements to fix the potholes in a property, such as size, amount of TRs, type of work and tools needed, etc. Surveyors use their access to see all the activities assigned to them, including the property type to visit and directions to do so. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The series of images below display each section with brief descriptions &lt;br /&gt;
Below is the main screen where the surveyors can see all assigned activities and filter them by date. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-1.png|500px|thumb|center|Main Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can access more options by hitting the sandwich menu at the top left corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20220805-054001 Proposal Maker.jpg|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each task, they can directly contact the customer and the opportunity owner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-3.png|500px|thumb|center|Send an e-mail to the customer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-2.png|500px|thumb|center|Call the customer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-4.png|500px|thumb|center|Call opp owner]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can see more information about the opportunity, use the GPS to navigate the property, or complete the opportunity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-5.png|500px|thumb|center|See more info]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-6.png|500px|thumb|center|Navigate to property]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-7.png|500px|thumb|center|Complete Opp]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-8.png|500px|thumb|center|Complete Opp]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If needed, the surveyors can also add more repairs, PH damage, or External Damage where the damage needs to be repaired by one of our partners.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-9.png|500px|thumb|center|Add more repairs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If they were to add more repairs, they first need to take a ''before picture'' of the damage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-10.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After taking the picture, they have to set the estimated amount of TRs (Thermal Repairs) they think will be needed to fix that damage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-11.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the next step, the surveyor has to set the specific pothole location, the more accurate, the better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-12.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-13.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then they must specify whether the technicians will need to take any extra tools or materials, and finally add notes to the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-14.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, once they have closed it, the system will ask the technician to confirm having read the task notes, add notes to the opportunity, and finish the task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-15.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-16.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-17.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The other option is to add or create an External Proposal for our partners. When the surveyor clicks on &amp;quot;External Damage,&amp;quot; the app will show a pop-up window asking confirmation to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-18.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The surveyor must upload a picture of the damage before choosing the product or required type of work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-19.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, the wizard will ask the surveyor to add any notes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-20.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And a pop-up window will ask for confirmation to close the proposal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-21.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=E-Technician=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our technicians use this app for two main purposes: &lt;br /&gt;
* To check-in, to upload their time card, the truck inspection, and inventory. &lt;br /&gt;
* To access all jobs, dispatches, and surveys assigned to them&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This application is solely for our employees' use and not for external users. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the main screen, our technicians can view both the Dispatches and Surveys assigned.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:3Main Menu.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can access more options by hitting the sandwich menu at the top left corner. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-104203 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;upload receipt&amp;quot; option allows them to upload any bill or expense they might have as part of their duties; this way, all expenses can be kept and tracked in one place.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When they hit &amp;quot;upload receipt,&amp;quot; the app will open up the camera to take a picture of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-104209 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the technicians enter the application to see either a dispatch or survey, they can get a job preview showing all the work to do and the amount of TRs per damage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-104238 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-104231 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before starting a job, the app will prevent the users from completing the daily inspections (check-in), explained in the [[dispatch]] section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-104242 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the daily inspections are completed, the system will allow them to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a technician clicks on &amp;quot;start,&amp;quot; the system will send an email to the customer and to the owner of the opportunity to notify them the repair is in process. The system also allows Headquarters to track progress using a live feed regarding the job progression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-104330 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-105915 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After confirming the operation, the system will also remind the technicians to log out from their vehicles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-105924 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Technicians can see all details regarding the job, see the surveyor's notes, and call either the owner or the surveyor. Using buttons, they can&lt;br /&gt;
* Navigate to the pothole&lt;br /&gt;
* Take a picture after fixing the damage&lt;br /&gt;
* Reschedule the item if they could not finish it at that time due to unexpected reasons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-105929 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After taking the picture, the system will open a window and set the number of TRs needed to fix the pothole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-105946 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They have to specify the type of repair they performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110002 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please find an example of the view they get after completing the task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110008 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the screen, there are more options to either add a new repair, reschedule the job or view the map.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110011 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process to add further repairs is very similar: Technicians need to click &amp;quot;add new,&amp;quot; take a picture of the damage, set the estimated amount of TRs to be used, and set the location of the pothole. After they have added all the new additional repairs and clicked on &amp;quot;finish,&amp;quot; the system will notify the account manager to get approvals. If approved, the technicians should fix those additionals repairs before leaving the property.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110019 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110034 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110044 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110051 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After they have completed all the items within the dispatch, they will automatically be redirected to this screen to add the last notes for the dispatch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110255 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the job is complete, they can finally close the dispatch and confirm completion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110257 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now that the technicians are done, the app will prevent them from logging into their vehicle before driving to the next property.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110300 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=New Tech App=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our technicians use this app for two main purposes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To check-in, to upload their time card, the truck inspection, and inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
To access all jobs, dispatches, and surveys assigned to them&lt;br /&gt;
This application is solely for our employees' use and not for external users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the main screen, our technicians can view both the Dispatches and Surveys assigned.&lt;br /&gt;
They can access more options by hitting the sandwich menu at the top left corner. &lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;upload receipt&amp;quot; option allows them to upload any bill or expense they might have as part of their duties; this way, all expenses can be kept and tracked in one place.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When they hit &amp;quot;upload receipt,&amp;quot; the app will open up the camera to take a picture of it.&lt;br /&gt;
When a technician clicks on &amp;quot;start,&amp;quot; the system will send an email to the customer and to the owner of the opportunity to notify them the repair is in process. The system also allows Headquarters to track progress using a live feed regarding the job progression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After confirming the operation, the system will also remind the technicians to log out from their vehicles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Technicians can see all details regarding the job, see the surveyor's notes, and call either the owner or the surveyor. Using buttons, they can&lt;br /&gt;
* Navigate to the pothole&lt;br /&gt;
* Take a picture after fixing the damage&lt;br /&gt;
* Reschedule the item if they could not finish it at that time due to unexpected reasons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After taking the picture, the system will open a window and set the number of TRs needed to fix the pothole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They have to specify the type of repair they performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please find an example of the view they get after completing the task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the screen, there are more options to either add a new repair, reschedule the job or view the map.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process to add further repairs is very similar: Technicians need to click &amp;quot;add new,&amp;quot; take a picture of the damage, set the estimated amount of TRs to be used, and set the location of the pothole. After they have added all the new additional repairs and clicked on &amp;quot;finish,&amp;quot; the system will notify the account manager to get approvals. If approved, the technicians should fix those additionals repairs before leaving the property.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After they have completed all the items within the dispatch, they will automatically be redirected to this screen to add the last notes for the dispatch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the job is complete, they can finally close the dispatch and confirm completion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now that the technicians are done, the app will prevent them from logging into their vehicle before driving to the next property.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Quick Access=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[RPH]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lead]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Accounts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Contacts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Opportunity]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Dispatch]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Invoices and Payroll]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[External Portals]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Back-end Processes]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=Mobile_applications&amp;diff=1185</id>
		<title>Mobile applications</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=Mobile_applications&amp;diff=1185"/>
		<updated>2023-01-13T16:31:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Lead generator=&lt;br /&gt;
External users, who are limited to using some parts of the CRM through special configuration, can use the Lead Generator application to generate or retrieve new customers' information. Fully linked to Google, the app is easy to log into and provides geolocation services.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Hunters,'' through a license granted to them by the company, can search for new clients. They look for new potholes, register them in the system using the application, and receive payment for each successful client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each time a hunter creates a Lead, they get an email notification to keep track of all records they have created. Pothole Repairs runs weekly reports to verify the number of leads and conversions made by our hunters, for which they are paid.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Very similar to the RPH creation process of the CRM, the app has a ''wizard'' that guides the user step by step to avoid skipping any actions. Please find below a series of images showing each section with brief descriptions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Portada.png|500px|thumb|centre|App Portrait Picture]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The users can access more options by clicking on the sandwich menu at the top left corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu.png|500px|thumb|centre|Menu]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before creating a new lead, the app will connect to the GPS to automatically geolocate the potholes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Start.png|500px|thumb|centre|Conecting to GPS]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the app cannot retrieve the location automatically, then the user will manually set it by dragging the pin to the actual location.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Set location.png|500px|thumb|centre|Set PH damage location]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the location is determined, the user can take two pictures&lt;br /&gt;
* the pothole image&lt;br /&gt;
* a picture of the entrance or commercial sign with the company's information to easily identify or match the pothole to the site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:4 LG.png|500px|thumb|center|Confirm Location]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After taking the pictures, the app will ask to provide a company name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:5.png|500px|thumb|center|Provide company name]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And it will also ask to provide more information and a leasing name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:6Leasing.png|500px|thumb|center|Leasing pic]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, the user verifies all information and clicks on &amp;quot;create it.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7Create Lead.png|500px|thumb|center|Create Lead]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The user has successfully created the new Lead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:8Lead Saved.png|500px|thumb|center|Lead Saved]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Proposal Maker=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Proposal Maker app works on the same concept as the Lead Generator App, using a ''wizard'' to guide the user step by step and avoid missing or skipping information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The slight difference between them is that surveyors use this app to assess the damage and provide quotes and job requirements to fix the potholes in a property, such as size, amount of TRs, type of work and tools needed, etc. Surveyors use their access to see all the activities assigned to them, including the property type to visit and directions to do so. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The series of images below display each section with brief descriptions &lt;br /&gt;
Below is the main screen where the surveyors can see all assigned activities and filter them by date. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-1.png|500px|thumb|center|Main Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can access more options by hitting the sandwich menu at the top left corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20220805-054001 Proposal Maker.jpg|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each task, they can directly contact the customer and the opportunity owner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-3.png|500px|thumb|center|Send an e-mail to the customer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-2.png|500px|thumb|center|Call the customer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-4.png|500px|thumb|center|Call opp owner]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can see more information about the opportunity, use the GPS to navigate the property, or complete the opportunity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-5.png|500px|thumb|center|See more info]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-6.png|500px|thumb|center|Navigate to property]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-7.png|500px|thumb|center|Complete Opp]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-8.png|500px|thumb|center|Complete Opp]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If needed, the surveyors can also add more repairs, PH damage, or External Damage where the damage needs to be repaired by one of our partners.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-9.png|500px|thumb|center|Add more repairs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If they were to add more repairs, they first need to take a ''before picture'' of the damage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-10.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After taking the picture, they have to set the estimated amount of TRs (Thermal Repairs) they think will be needed to fix that damage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-11.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the next step, the surveyor has to set the specific pothole location, the more accurate, the better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-12.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-13.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then they must specify whether the technicians will need to take any extra tools or materials, and finally add notes to the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-14.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, once they have closed it, the system will ask the technician to confirm having read the task notes, add notes to the opportunity, and finish the task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-15.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-16.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-17.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The other option is to add or create an External Proposal for our partners. When the surveyor clicks on &amp;quot;External Damage,&amp;quot; the app will show a pop-up window asking confirmation to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-18.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The surveyor must upload a picture of the damage before choosing the product or required type of work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-19.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, the wizard will ask the surveyor to add any notes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-20.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And a pop-up window will ask for confirmation to close the proposal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-21.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=E-Technician=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our technicians use this app for two main purposes: &lt;br /&gt;
* To check-in, to upload their time card, the truck inspection, and inventory. &lt;br /&gt;
* To access all jobs, dispatches, and surveys assigned to them&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This application is solely for our employees' use and not for external users. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the main screen, our technicians can view both the Dispatches and Surveys assigned.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:3Main Menu.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can access more options by hitting the sandwich menu at the top left corner. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-104203 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;upload receipt&amp;quot; option allows them to upload any bill or expense they might have as part of their duties; this way, all expenses can be kept and tracked in one place.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When they hit &amp;quot;upload receipt,&amp;quot; the app will open up the camera to take a picture of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-104209 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the technicians enter the application to see either a dispatch or survey, they can get a job preview showing all the work to do and the amount of TRs per damage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-104238 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-104231 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before starting a job, the app will prevent the users from completing the daily inspections (check-in), explained in the [[dispatch]] section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-104242 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the daily inspections are completed, the system will allow them to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a technician clicks on &amp;quot;start,&amp;quot; the system will send an email to the customer and to the owner of the opportunity to notify them the repair is in process. The system also allows Headquarters to track progress using a live feed regarding the job progression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-104330 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-105915 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After confirming the operation, the system will also remind the technicians to log out from their vehicles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-105924 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Technicians can see all details regarding the job, see the surveyor's notes, and call either the owner or the surveyor. Using buttons, they can&lt;br /&gt;
* Navigate to the pothole&lt;br /&gt;
* Take a picture after fixing the damage&lt;br /&gt;
* Reschedule the item if they could not finish it at that time due to unexpected reasons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-105929 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After taking the picture, the system will open a window and set the number of TRs needed to fix the pothole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-105946 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They have to specify the type of repair they performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110002 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please find an example of the view they get after completing the task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110008 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the screen, there are more options to either add a new repair, reschedule the job or view the map.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110011 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process to add further repairs is very similar: Technicians need to click &amp;quot;add new,&amp;quot; take a picture of the damage, set the estimated amount of TRs to be used, and set the location of the pothole. After they have added all the new additional repairs and clicked on &amp;quot;finish,&amp;quot; the system will notify the account manager to get approvals. If approved, the technicians should fix those additionals repairs before leaving the property.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110019 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110034 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110044 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110051 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After they have completed all the items within the dispatch, they will automatically be redirected to this screen to add the last notes for the dispatch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110255 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the job is complete, they can finally close the dispatch and confirm completion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110257 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now that the technicians are done, the app will prevent them from logging into their vehicle before driving to the next property.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110300 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Quick Access=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[RPH]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lead]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Accounts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Contacts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Opportunity]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Dispatch]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Invoices and Payroll]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[External Portals]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Back-end Processes]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=File:3Main_Menu.png&amp;diff=1184</id>
		<title>File:3Main Menu.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=File:3Main_Menu.png&amp;diff=1184"/>
		<updated>2023-01-13T16:31:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;They can access more options by hitting the sandwich menu at the top left corner.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=Mobile_applications&amp;diff=1183</id>
		<title>Mobile applications</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=Mobile_applications&amp;diff=1183"/>
		<updated>2023-01-13T16:15:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Lead generator=&lt;br /&gt;
External users, who are limited to using some parts of the CRM through special configuration, can use the Lead Generator application to generate or retrieve new customers' information. Fully linked to Google, the app is easy to log into and provides geolocation services.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Hunters,'' through a license granted to them by the company, can search for new clients. They look for new potholes, register them in the system using the application, and receive payment for each successful client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each time a hunter creates a Lead, they get an email notification to keep track of all records they have created. Pothole Repairs runs weekly reports to verify the number of leads and conversions made by our hunters, for which they are paid.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Very similar to the RPH creation process of the CRM, the app has a ''wizard'' that guides the user step by step to avoid skipping any actions. Please find below a series of images showing each section with brief descriptions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Portada.png|500px|thumb|centre|App Portrait Picture]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The users can access more options by clicking on the sandwich menu at the top left corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu.png|500px|thumb|centre|Menu]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before creating a new lead, the app will connect to the GPS to automatically geolocate the potholes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Start.png|500px|thumb|centre|Conecting to GPS]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the app cannot retrieve the location automatically, then the user will manually set it by dragging the pin to the actual location.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Set location.png|500px|thumb|centre|Set PH damage location]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the location is determined, the user can take two pictures&lt;br /&gt;
* the pothole image&lt;br /&gt;
* a picture of the entrance or commercial sign with the company's information to easily identify or match the pothole to the site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:4 LG.png|500px|thumb|center|Confirm Location]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After taking the pictures, the app will ask to provide a company name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:5.png|500px|thumb|center|Provide company name]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And it will also ask to provide more information and a leasing name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:6Leasing.png|500px|thumb|center|Leasing pic]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, the user verifies all information and clicks on &amp;quot;create it.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7Create Lead.png|500px|thumb|center|Create Lead]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The user has successfully created the new Lead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:8Lead Saved.png|500px|thumb|center|Lead Saved]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Proposal Maker=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Proposal Maker app works on the same concept as the Lead Generator App, using a ''wizard'' to guide the user step by step and avoid missing or skipping information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The slight difference between them is that surveyors use this app to assess the damage and provide quotes and job requirements to fix the potholes in a property, such as size, amount of TRs, type of work and tools needed, etc. Surveyors use their access to see all the activities assigned to them, including the property type to visit and directions to do so. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The series of images below display each section with brief descriptions &lt;br /&gt;
Below is the main screen where the surveyors can see all assigned activities and filter them by date. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-1.png|500px|thumb|center|Main Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can access more options by hitting the sandwich menu at the top left corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20220805-054001 Proposal Maker.jpg|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each task, they can directly contact the customer and the opportunity owner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-3.png|500px|thumb|center|Send an e-mail to the customer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-2.png|500px|thumb|center|Call the customer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-4.png|500px|thumb|center|Call opp owner]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can see more information about the opportunity, use the GPS to navigate the property, or complete the opportunity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-5.png|500px|thumb|center|See more info]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-6.png|500px|thumb|center|Navigate to property]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-7.png|500px|thumb|center|Complete Opp]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-8.png|500px|thumb|center|Complete Opp]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If needed, the surveyors can also add more repairs, PH damage, or External Damage where the damage needs to be repaired by one of our partners.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-9.png|500px|thumb|center|Add more repairs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If they were to add more repairs, they first need to take a ''before picture'' of the damage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-10.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After taking the picture, they have to set the estimated amount of TRs (Thermal Repairs) they think will be needed to fix that damage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-11.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the next step, the surveyor has to set the specific pothole location, the more accurate, the better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-12.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-13.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then they must specify whether the technicians will need to take any extra tools or materials, and finally add notes to the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-14.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, once they have closed it, the system will ask the technician to confirm having read the task notes, add notes to the opportunity, and finish the task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-15.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-16.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-17.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The other option is to add or create an External Proposal for our partners. When the surveyor clicks on &amp;quot;External Damage,&amp;quot; the app will show a pop-up window asking confirmation to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-18.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The surveyor must upload a picture of the damage before choosing the product or required type of work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-19.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, the wizard will ask the surveyor to add any notes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-20.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And a pop-up window will ask for confirmation to close the proposal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-21.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=E-Technician=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our technicians use this app for two main purposes: &lt;br /&gt;
* To check-in, to upload their time card, the truck inspection, and inventory. &lt;br /&gt;
* To access all jobs, dispatches, and surveys assigned to them&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This application is solely for our employees' use and not for external users. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the main screen, our technicians can view both the Dispatches and Surveys assigned.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can access more options by hitting the sandwich menu at the top left corner. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-104203 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;upload receipt&amp;quot; option allows them to upload any bill or expense they might have as part of their duties; this way, all expenses can be kept and tracked in one place.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When they hit &amp;quot;upload receipt,&amp;quot; the app will open up the camera to take a picture of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-104209 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the technicians enter the application to see either a dispatch or survey, they can get a job preview showing all the work to do and the amount of TRs per damage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-104238 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-104231 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before starting a job, the app will prevent the users from completing the daily inspections (check-in), explained in the [[dispatch]] section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-104242 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the daily inspections are completed, the system will allow them to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a technician clicks on &amp;quot;start,&amp;quot; the system will send an email to the customer and to the owner of the opportunity to notify them the repair is in process. The system also allows Headquarters to track progress using a live feed regarding the job progression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-104330 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-105915 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After confirming the operation, the system will also remind the technicians to log out from their vehicles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-105924 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Technicians can see all details regarding the job, see the surveyor's notes, and call either the owner or the surveyor. Using buttons, they can&lt;br /&gt;
* Navigate to the pothole&lt;br /&gt;
* Take a picture after fixing the damage&lt;br /&gt;
* Reschedule the item if they could not finish it at that time due to unexpected reasons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-105929 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After taking the picture, the system will open a window and set the number of TRs needed to fix the pothole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-105946 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They have to specify the type of repair they performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110002 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please find an example of the view they get after completing the task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110008 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the screen, there are more options to either add a new repair, reschedule the job or view the map.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110011 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process to add further repairs is very similar: Technicians need to click &amp;quot;add new,&amp;quot; take a picture of the damage, set the estimated amount of TRs to be used, and set the location of the pothole. After they have added all the new additional repairs and clicked on &amp;quot;finish,&amp;quot; the system will notify the account manager to get approvals. If approved, the technicians should fix those additionals repairs before leaving the property.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110019 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110034 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110044 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110051 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After they have completed all the items within the dispatch, they will automatically be redirected to this screen to add the last notes for the dispatch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110255 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the job is complete, they can finally close the dispatch and confirm completion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110257 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now that the technicians are done, the app will prevent them from logging into their vehicle before driving to the next property.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110300 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Quick Access=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[RPH]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lead]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Accounts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Contacts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Opportunity]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Dispatch]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Invoices and Payroll]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[External Portals]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Back-end Processes]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=Mobile_applications&amp;diff=1182</id>
		<title>Mobile applications</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=Mobile_applications&amp;diff=1182"/>
		<updated>2023-01-13T15:59:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Lead generator=&lt;br /&gt;
External users, who are limited to using some parts of the CRM through special configuration, can use the Lead Generator application to generate or retrieve new customers' information. Fully linked to Google, the app is easy to log into and provides geolocation services.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Hunters,'' through a license granted to them by the company, can search for new clients. They look for new potholes, register them in the system using the application, and receive payment for each successful client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each time a hunter creates a Lead, they get an email notification to keep track of all records they have created. Pothole Repairs runs weekly reports to verify the number of leads and conversions made by our hunters, for which they are paid.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Very similar to the RPH creation process of the CRM, the app has a ''wizard'' that guides the user step by step to avoid skipping any actions. Please find below a series of images showing each section with brief descriptions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Portada.png|500px|thumb|centre|App Portrait Picture]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The users can access more options by clicking on the sandwich menu at the top left corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu.png|500px|thumb|centre|Menu]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before creating a new lead, the app will connect to the GPS to automatically geolocate the potholes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Start.png|500px|thumb|centre|Conecting to GPS]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the app cannot retrieve the location automatically, then the user will manually set it by dragging the pin to the actual location.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Set location.png|500px|thumb|centre|Set PH damage location]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the location is determined, the user can take two pictures&lt;br /&gt;
* the pothole image&lt;br /&gt;
* a picture of the entrance or commercial sign with the company's information to easily identify or match the pothole to the site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:4 LG.png|500px|thumb|center|Confirm Location]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After taking the pictures, the app will ask to provide a company name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:5.png|500px|thumb|center|Provide company name]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And it will also ask to provide more information and a leasing name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:6Leasing.png|500px|thumb|center|Leasing pic]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, the user verifies all information and clicks on &amp;quot;create it.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7Create Lead.png|500px|thumb|center|Create Lead]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The user has successfully created the new Lead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:8Lead Saved.png|500px|thumb|center|Lead Saved]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Proposal Maker=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Proposal Maker app works on the same concept as the Lead Generator App, using a ''wizard'' to guide the user step by step and avoid missing or skipping information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The slight difference between them is that surveyors use this app to assess the damage and provide quotes and job requirements to fix the potholes in a property, such as size, amount of TRs, type of work and tools needed, etc. Surveyors use their access to see all the activities assigned to them, including the property type to visit and directions to do so. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The series of images below display each section with brief descriptions &lt;br /&gt;
Below is the main screen where the surveyors can see all assigned activities and filter them by date. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-1.png|500px|thumb|center|Main Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can access more options by hitting the sandwich menu at the top left corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20220805-054001 Proposal Maker.jpg|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each task, they can directly contact the customer and the opportunity owner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-3.png|500px|thumb|center|Send an e-mail to the customer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-2.png|500px|thumb|center|Call the customer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-4.png|500px|thumb|center|Call opp owner]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can see more information about the opportunity, use the GPS to navigate the property, or complete the opportunity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-5.png|500px|thumb|center|See more info]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-6.png|500px|thumb|center|Navigate to property]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-7.png|500px|thumb|center|Complete Opp]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-8.png|500px|thumb|center|Complete Opp]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If needed, the surveyors can also add more repairs, PH damage, or External Damage where the damage needs to be repaired by one of our partners.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-9.png|500px|thumb|center|Add more repairs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If they were to add more repairs, they first need to take a ''before picture'' of the damage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-10.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After taking the picture, they have to set the estimated amount of TRs (Thermal Repairs) they think will be needed to fix that damage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-11.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the next step, the surveyor has to set the specific pothole location, the more accurate, the better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-12.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-13.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then they must specify whether the technicians will need to take any extra tools or materials, and finally add notes to the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-14.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, once they have closed it, the system will ask the technician to confirm having read the task notes, add notes to the opportunity, and finish the task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-15.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-16.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-17.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The other option is to add or create an External Proposal for our partners. When the surveyor clicks on &amp;quot;External Damage,&amp;quot; the app will show a pop-up window asking confirmation to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-18.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The surveyor must upload a picture of the damage before choosing the product or required type of work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-19.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, the wizard will ask the surveyor to add any notes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-20.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And a pop-up window will ask for confirmation to close the proposal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-21.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=E-Technician=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our technicians use this app for two main purposes: &lt;br /&gt;
* To check-in, to upload their time card, the truck inspection, and inventory. &lt;br /&gt;
* To access all jobs, dispatches, and surveys assigned to them&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This application is solely for our employees' use and not for external users. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1 Home Login.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the main screen, our technicians can view both the Dispatches and Surveys assigned.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:2 Main Screen.png|thumb| ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can access more options by hitting the sandwich menu at the top left corner. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-104203 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;upload receipt&amp;quot; option allows them to upload any bill or expense they might have as part of their duties; this way, all expenses can be kept and tracked in one place.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When they hit &amp;quot;upload receipt,&amp;quot; the app will open up the camera to take a picture of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-104209 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the technicians enter the application to see either a dispatch or survey, they can get a job preview showing all the work to do and the amount of TRs per damage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-104238 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-104231 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before starting a job, the app will prevent the users from completing the daily inspections (check-in), explained in the [[dispatch]] section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-104242 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the daily inspections are completed, the system will allow them to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a technician clicks on &amp;quot;start,&amp;quot; the system will send an email to the customer and to the owner of the opportunity to notify them the repair is in process. The system also allows Headquarters to track progress using a live feed regarding the job progression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-104330 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-105915 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After confirming the operation, the system will also remind the technicians to log out from their vehicles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-105924 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Technicians can see all details regarding the job, see the surveyor's notes, and call either the owner or the surveyor. Using buttons, they can&lt;br /&gt;
* Navigate to the pothole&lt;br /&gt;
* Take a picture after fixing the damage&lt;br /&gt;
* Reschedule the item if they could not finish it at that time due to unexpected reasons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-105929 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After taking the picture, the system will open a window and set the number of TRs needed to fix the pothole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-105946 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They have to specify the type of repair they performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110002 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please find an example of the view they get after completing the task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110008 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the screen, there are more options to either add a new repair, reschedule the job or view the map.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110011 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process to add further repairs is very similar: Technicians need to click &amp;quot;add new,&amp;quot; take a picture of the damage, set the estimated amount of TRs to be used, and set the location of the pothole. After they have added all the new additional repairs and clicked on &amp;quot;finish,&amp;quot; the system will notify the account manager to get approvals. If approved, the technicians should fix those additionals repairs before leaving the property.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110019 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110034 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110044 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110051 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After they have completed all the items within the dispatch, they will automatically be redirected to this screen to add the last notes for the dispatch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110255 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the job is complete, they can finally close the dispatch and confirm completion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110257 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now that the technicians are done, the app will prevent them from logging into their vehicle before driving to the next property.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110300 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Quick Access=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[RPH]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lead]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Accounts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Contacts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Opportunity]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Dispatch]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Invoices and Payroll]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[External Portals]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Back-end Processes]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=File:2_Main_Screen.png&amp;diff=1181</id>
		<title>File:2 Main Screen.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=File:2_Main_Screen.png&amp;diff=1181"/>
		<updated>2023-01-13T15:59:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;main screen&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=Mobile_applications&amp;diff=1180</id>
		<title>Mobile applications</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=Mobile_applications&amp;diff=1180"/>
		<updated>2023-01-13T15:52:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Lead generator=&lt;br /&gt;
External users, who are limited to using some parts of the CRM through special configuration, can use the Lead Generator application to generate or retrieve new customers' information. Fully linked to Google, the app is easy to log into and provides geolocation services.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Hunters,'' through a license granted to them by the company, can search for new clients. They look for new potholes, register them in the system using the application, and receive payment for each successful client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each time a hunter creates a Lead, they get an email notification to keep track of all records they have created. Pothole Repairs runs weekly reports to verify the number of leads and conversions made by our hunters, for which they are paid.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Very similar to the RPH creation process of the CRM, the app has a ''wizard'' that guides the user step by step to avoid skipping any actions. Please find below a series of images showing each section with brief descriptions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Portada.png|500px|thumb|centre|App Portrait Picture]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The users can access more options by clicking on the sandwich menu at the top left corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu.png|500px|thumb|centre|Menu]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before creating a new lead, the app will connect to the GPS to automatically geolocate the potholes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Start.png|500px|thumb|centre|Conecting to GPS]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the app cannot retrieve the location automatically, then the user will manually set it by dragging the pin to the actual location.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Set location.png|500px|thumb|centre|Set PH damage location]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the location is determined, the user can take two pictures&lt;br /&gt;
* the pothole image&lt;br /&gt;
* a picture of the entrance or commercial sign with the company's information to easily identify or match the pothole to the site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:4 LG.png|500px|thumb|center|Confirm Location]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After taking the pictures, the app will ask to provide a company name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:5.png|500px|thumb|center|Provide company name]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And it will also ask to provide more information and a leasing name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:6Leasing.png|500px|thumb|center|Leasing pic]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, the user verifies all information and clicks on &amp;quot;create it.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7Create Lead.png|500px|thumb|center|Create Lead]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The user has successfully created the new Lead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:8Lead Saved.png|500px|thumb|center|Lead Saved]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Proposal Maker=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Proposal Maker app works on the same concept as the Lead Generator App, using a ''wizard'' to guide the user step by step and avoid missing or skipping information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The slight difference between them is that surveyors use this app to assess the damage and provide quotes and job requirements to fix the potholes in a property, such as size, amount of TRs, type of work and tools needed, etc. Surveyors use their access to see all the activities assigned to them, including the property type to visit and directions to do so. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The series of images below display each section with brief descriptions &lt;br /&gt;
Below is the main screen where the surveyors can see all assigned activities and filter them by date. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-1.png|500px|thumb|center|Main Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can access more options by hitting the sandwich menu at the top left corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20220805-054001 Proposal Maker.jpg|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each task, they can directly contact the customer and the opportunity owner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-3.png|500px|thumb|center|Send an e-mail to the customer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-2.png|500px|thumb|center|Call the customer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-4.png|500px|thumb|center|Call opp owner]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can see more information about the opportunity, use the GPS to navigate the property, or complete the opportunity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-5.png|500px|thumb|center|See more info]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-6.png|500px|thumb|center|Navigate to property]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-7.png|500px|thumb|center|Complete Opp]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-8.png|500px|thumb|center|Complete Opp]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If needed, the surveyors can also add more repairs, PH damage, or External Damage where the damage needs to be repaired by one of our partners.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-9.png|500px|thumb|center|Add more repairs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If they were to add more repairs, they first need to take a ''before picture'' of the damage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-10.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After taking the picture, they have to set the estimated amount of TRs (Thermal Repairs) they think will be needed to fix that damage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-11.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the next step, the surveyor has to set the specific pothole location, the more accurate, the better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-12.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-13.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then they must specify whether the technicians will need to take any extra tools or materials, and finally add notes to the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-14.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, once they have closed it, the system will ask the technician to confirm having read the task notes, add notes to the opportunity, and finish the task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-15.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-16.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-17.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The other option is to add or create an External Proposal for our partners. When the surveyor clicks on &amp;quot;External Damage,&amp;quot; the app will show a pop-up window asking confirmation to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-18.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The surveyor must upload a picture of the damage before choosing the product or required type of work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-19.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, the wizard will ask the surveyor to add any notes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-20.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And a pop-up window will ask for confirmation to close the proposal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PM-21.png|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=E-Technician=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our technicians use this app for two main purposes: &lt;br /&gt;
* To check-in, to upload their time card, the truck inspection, and inventory. &lt;br /&gt;
* To access all jobs, dispatches, and surveys assigned to them&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This application is solely for our employees' use and not for external users. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1 Home Login.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the main screen, our technicians can view both the Dispatches and Surveys assigned.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-104158 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can access more options by hitting the sandwich menu at the top left corner. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-104203 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;upload receipt&amp;quot; option allows them to upload any bill or expense they might have as part of their duties; this way, all expenses can be kept and tracked in one place.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When they hit &amp;quot;upload receipt,&amp;quot; the app will open up the camera to take a picture of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-104209 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the technicians enter the application to see either a dispatch or survey, they can get a job preview showing all the work to do and the amount of TRs per damage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-104238 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-104231 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before starting a job, the app will prevent the users from completing the daily inspections (check-in), explained in the [[dispatch]] section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-104242 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the daily inspections are completed, the system will allow them to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a technician clicks on &amp;quot;start,&amp;quot; the system will send an email to the customer and to the owner of the opportunity to notify them the repair is in process. The system also allows Headquarters to track progress using a live feed regarding the job progression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-104330 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-105915 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After confirming the operation, the system will also remind the technicians to log out from their vehicles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-105924 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Technicians can see all details regarding the job, see the surveyor's notes, and call either the owner or the surveyor. Using buttons, they can&lt;br /&gt;
* Navigate to the pothole&lt;br /&gt;
* Take a picture after fixing the damage&lt;br /&gt;
* Reschedule the item if they could not finish it at that time due to unexpected reasons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-105929 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After taking the picture, the system will open a window and set the number of TRs needed to fix the pothole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-105946 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They have to specify the type of repair they performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110002 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please find an example of the view they get after completing the task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110008 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the screen, there are more options to either add a new repair, reschedule the job or view the map.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110011 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process to add further repairs is very similar: Technicians need to click &amp;quot;add new,&amp;quot; take a picture of the damage, set the estimated amount of TRs to be used, and set the location of the pothole. After they have added all the new additional repairs and clicked on &amp;quot;finish,&amp;quot; the system will notify the account manager to get approvals. If approved, the technicians should fix those additionals repairs before leaving the property.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110019 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110034 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110044 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110051 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After they have completed all the items within the dispatch, they will automatically be redirected to this screen to add the last notes for the dispatch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110255 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the job is complete, they can finally close the dispatch and confirm completion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110257 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now that the technicians are done, the app will prevent them from logging into their vehicle before driving to the next property.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 20201215-110300 eTechnician.jpg|500px|thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Quick Access=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[RPH]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lead]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Accounts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Contacts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Opportunity]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Dispatch]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Invoices and Payroll]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[External Portals]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Back-end Processes]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=File:1_Home_Login.png&amp;diff=1179</id>
		<title>File:1 Home Login.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=File:1_Home_Login.png&amp;diff=1179"/>
		<updated>2023-01-13T15:50:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;home&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=Operations:Operations&amp;diff=1178</id>
		<title>Operations:Operations</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://18.207.158.143:8080/index.php?title=Operations:Operations&amp;diff=1178"/>
		<updated>2022-12-30T17:47:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;INVENTORY AND EQUIPMENT&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Asphalt - 20 TR's [3 ply boards]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4 - full spare propane tanks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1- Lute &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3 - shafted rakes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3 - asphalt scrapers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - square shovel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2 - D handle shovels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3 - brooms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - sledge hammer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - 3lb hammer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - hand tamper&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - cresent wrench&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - channel lock&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - socket wrench set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - digging bar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - pipe wrench&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - paint scraper&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - water pump&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3 - spray bottles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - spray paint &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sidewalk chalk&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - laser thermometer &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5 - 5gallon buckets with crush [put holes in bottom]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - 5gallon metal bucket&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - 5gallon bucket&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2 - tar buckets&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2 - torch heads&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2 - propane refill&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - fire extinguisher &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3 - roadside triangles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - tire gauge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - jumper cables&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - IR machine&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - roller&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - 3tonne jack&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spare risers (all available sizes)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - spare IR &amp;amp; Cooker blankets&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2 - water containers &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - diesel container&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 - gas container&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Safety cones&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2 - spare sparkplug&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tie down straps &lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>